1 /* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */ 2 #ifndef __NET_CFG80211_H 3 #define __NET_CFG80211_H 4 /* 5 * 802.11 device and configuration interface 6 * 7 * Copyright 2006-2010 Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> 8 * Copyright 2013-2014 Intel Mobile Communications GmbH 9 * Copyright 2015-2017 Intel Deutschland GmbH 10 * Copyright (C) 2018-2019 Intel Corporation 11 */ 12 13 #include <linux/netdevice.h> 14 #include <linux/debugfs.h> 15 #include <linux/list.h> 16 #include <linux/bug.h> 17 #include <linux/netlink.h> 18 #include <linux/skbuff.h> 19 #include <linux/nl80211.h> 20 #include <linux/if_ether.h> 21 #include <linux/ieee80211.h> 22 #include <linux/net.h> 23 #include <net/regulatory.h> 24 25 /** 26 * DOC: Introduction 27 * 28 * cfg80211 is the configuration API for 802.11 devices in Linux. It bridges 29 * userspace and drivers, and offers some utility functionality associated 30 * with 802.11. cfg80211 must, directly or indirectly via mac80211, be used 31 * by all modern wireless drivers in Linux, so that they offer a consistent 32 * API through nl80211. For backward compatibility, cfg80211 also offers 33 * wireless extensions to userspace, but hides them from drivers completely. 34 * 35 * Additionally, cfg80211 contains code to help enforce regulatory spectrum 36 * use restrictions. 37 */ 38 39 40 /** 41 * DOC: Device registration 42 * 43 * In order for a driver to use cfg80211, it must register the hardware device 44 * with cfg80211. This happens through a number of hardware capability structs 45 * described below. 46 * 47 * The fundamental structure for each device is the 'wiphy', of which each 48 * instance describes a physical wireless device connected to the system. Each 49 * such wiphy can have zero, one, or many virtual interfaces associated with 50 * it, which need to be identified as such by pointing the network interface's 51 * @ieee80211_ptr pointer to a &struct wireless_dev which further describes 52 * the wireless part of the interface, normally this struct is embedded in the 53 * network interface's private data area. Drivers can optionally allow creating 54 * or destroying virtual interfaces on the fly, but without at least one or the 55 * ability to create some the wireless device isn't useful. 56 * 57 * Each wiphy structure contains device capability information, and also has 58 * a pointer to the various operations the driver offers. The definitions and 59 * structures here describe these capabilities in detail. 60 */ 61 62 struct wiphy; 63 64 /* 65 * wireless hardware capability structures 66 */ 67 68 /** 69 * enum ieee80211_channel_flags - channel flags 70 * 71 * Channel flags set by the regulatory control code. 72 * 73 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_DISABLED: This channel is disabled. 74 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR: do not initiate radiation, this includes 75 * sending probe requests or beaconing. 76 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR: Radar detection is required on this channel. 77 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS: extension channel above this channel 78 * is not permitted. 79 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS: extension channel below this channel 80 * is not permitted. 81 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_OFDM: OFDM is not allowed on this channel. 82 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_80MHZ: If the driver supports 80 MHz on the band, 83 * this flag indicates that an 80 MHz channel cannot use this 84 * channel as the control or any of the secondary channels. 85 * This may be due to the driver or due to regulatory bandwidth 86 * restrictions. 87 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_160MHZ: If the driver supports 160 MHz on the band, 88 * this flag indicates that an 160 MHz channel cannot use this 89 * channel as the control or any of the secondary channels. 90 * This may be due to the driver or due to regulatory bandwidth 91 * restrictions. 92 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_INDOOR_ONLY: see %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY 93 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_IR_CONCURRENT: see %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT 94 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_20MHZ: 20 MHz bandwidth is not permitted 95 * on this channel. 96 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_10MHZ: 10 MHz bandwidth is not permitted 97 * on this channel. 98 * 99 */ 100 enum ieee80211_channel_flags { 101 IEEE80211_CHAN_DISABLED = 1<<0, 102 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR = 1<<1, 103 /* hole at 1<<2 */ 104 IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR = 1<<3, 105 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS = 1<<4, 106 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS = 1<<5, 107 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_OFDM = 1<<6, 108 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_80MHZ = 1<<7, 109 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_160MHZ = 1<<8, 110 IEEE80211_CHAN_INDOOR_ONLY = 1<<9, 111 IEEE80211_CHAN_IR_CONCURRENT = 1<<10, 112 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_20MHZ = 1<<11, 113 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_10MHZ = 1<<12, 114 }; 115 116 #define IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40 \ 117 (IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS | IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS) 118 119 #define IEEE80211_DFS_MIN_CAC_TIME_MS 60000 120 #define IEEE80211_DFS_MIN_NOP_TIME_MS (30 * 60 * 1000) 121 122 /** 123 * struct ieee80211_channel - channel definition 124 * 125 * This structure describes a single channel for use 126 * with cfg80211. 127 * 128 * @center_freq: center frequency in MHz 129 * @hw_value: hardware-specific value for the channel 130 * @flags: channel flags from &enum ieee80211_channel_flags. 131 * @orig_flags: channel flags at registration time, used by regulatory 132 * code to support devices with additional restrictions 133 * @band: band this channel belongs to. 134 * @max_antenna_gain: maximum antenna gain in dBi 135 * @max_power: maximum transmission power (in dBm) 136 * @max_reg_power: maximum regulatory transmission power (in dBm) 137 * @beacon_found: helper to regulatory code to indicate when a beacon 138 * has been found on this channel. Use regulatory_hint_found_beacon() 139 * to enable this, this is useful only on 5 GHz band. 140 * @orig_mag: internal use 141 * @orig_mpwr: internal use 142 * @dfs_state: current state of this channel. Only relevant if radar is required 143 * on this channel. 144 * @dfs_state_entered: timestamp (jiffies) when the dfs state was entered. 145 * @dfs_cac_ms: DFS CAC time in milliseconds, this is valid for DFS channels. 146 */ 147 struct ieee80211_channel { 148 enum nl80211_band band; 149 u32 center_freq; 150 u16 hw_value; 151 u32 flags; 152 int max_antenna_gain; 153 int max_power; 154 int max_reg_power; 155 bool beacon_found; 156 u32 orig_flags; 157 int orig_mag, orig_mpwr; 158 enum nl80211_dfs_state dfs_state; 159 unsigned long dfs_state_entered; 160 unsigned int dfs_cac_ms; 161 }; 162 163 /** 164 * enum ieee80211_rate_flags - rate flags 165 * 166 * Hardware/specification flags for rates. These are structured 167 * in a way that allows using the same bitrate structure for 168 * different bands/PHY modes. 169 * 170 * @IEEE80211_RATE_SHORT_PREAMBLE: Hardware can send with short 171 * preamble on this bitrate; only relevant in 2.4GHz band and 172 * with CCK rates. 173 * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_A: This bitrate is a mandatory rate 174 * when used with 802.11a (on the 5 GHz band); filled by the 175 * core code when registering the wiphy. 176 * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_B: This bitrate is a mandatory rate 177 * when used with 802.11b (on the 2.4 GHz band); filled by the 178 * core code when registering the wiphy. 179 * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_G: This bitrate is a mandatory rate 180 * when used with 802.11g (on the 2.4 GHz band); filled by the 181 * core code when registering the wiphy. 182 * @IEEE80211_RATE_ERP_G: This is an ERP rate in 802.11g mode. 183 * @IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ: Rate can be used in 5 MHz mode 184 * @IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ: Rate can be used in 10 MHz mode 185 */ 186 enum ieee80211_rate_flags { 187 IEEE80211_RATE_SHORT_PREAMBLE = 1<<0, 188 IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_A = 1<<1, 189 IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_B = 1<<2, 190 IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_G = 1<<3, 191 IEEE80211_RATE_ERP_G = 1<<4, 192 IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ = 1<<5, 193 IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ = 1<<6, 194 }; 195 196 /** 197 * enum ieee80211_bss_type - BSS type filter 198 * 199 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ESS: Infrastructure BSS 200 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_PBSS: Personal BSS 201 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS: Independent BSS 202 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_MBSS: Mesh BSS 203 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ANY: Wildcard value for matching any BSS type 204 */ 205 enum ieee80211_bss_type { 206 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ESS, 207 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_PBSS, 208 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS, 209 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_MBSS, 210 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ANY 211 }; 212 213 /** 214 * enum ieee80211_privacy - BSS privacy filter 215 * 216 * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON: privacy bit set 217 * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF: privacy bit clear 218 * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY: Wildcard value for matching any privacy setting 219 */ 220 enum ieee80211_privacy { 221 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON, 222 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF, 223 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY 224 }; 225 226 #define IEEE80211_PRIVACY(x) \ 227 ((x) ? IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON : IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF) 228 229 /** 230 * struct ieee80211_rate - bitrate definition 231 * 232 * This structure describes a bitrate that an 802.11 PHY can 233 * operate with. The two values @hw_value and @hw_value_short 234 * are only for driver use when pointers to this structure are 235 * passed around. 236 * 237 * @flags: rate-specific flags 238 * @bitrate: bitrate in units of 100 Kbps 239 * @hw_value: driver/hardware value for this rate 240 * @hw_value_short: driver/hardware value for this rate when 241 * short preamble is used 242 */ 243 struct ieee80211_rate { 244 u32 flags; 245 u16 bitrate; 246 u16 hw_value, hw_value_short; 247 }; 248 249 /** 250 * struct ieee80211_he_obss_pd - AP settings for spatial reuse 251 * 252 * @enable: is the feature enabled. 253 * @min_offset: minimal tx power offset an associated station shall use 254 * @max_offset: maximum tx power offset an associated station shall use 255 */ 256 struct ieee80211_he_obss_pd { 257 bool enable; 258 u8 min_offset; 259 u8 max_offset; 260 }; 261 262 /** 263 * struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap - STA's HT capabilities 264 * 265 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 266 * to describe 802.11n HT capabilities for an STA. 267 * 268 * @ht_supported: is HT supported by the STA 269 * @cap: HT capabilities map as described in 802.11n spec 270 * @ampdu_factor: Maximum A-MPDU length factor 271 * @ampdu_density: Minimum A-MPDU spacing 272 * @mcs: Supported MCS rates 273 */ 274 struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap { 275 u16 cap; /* use IEEE80211_HT_CAP_ */ 276 bool ht_supported; 277 u8 ampdu_factor; 278 u8 ampdu_density; 279 struct ieee80211_mcs_info mcs; 280 }; 281 282 /** 283 * struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap - STA's VHT capabilities 284 * 285 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 286 * to describe 802.11ac VHT capabilities for an STA. 287 * 288 * @vht_supported: is VHT supported by the STA 289 * @cap: VHT capabilities map as described in 802.11ac spec 290 * @vht_mcs: Supported VHT MCS rates 291 */ 292 struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap { 293 bool vht_supported; 294 u32 cap; /* use IEEE80211_VHT_CAP_ */ 295 struct ieee80211_vht_mcs_info vht_mcs; 296 }; 297 298 #define IEEE80211_HE_PPE_THRES_MAX_LEN 25 299 300 /** 301 * struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap - STA's HE capabilities 302 * 303 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 304 * to describe 802.11ax HE capabilities for a STA. 305 * 306 * @has_he: true iff HE data is valid. 307 * @he_cap_elem: Fixed portion of the HE capabilities element. 308 * @he_mcs_nss_supp: The supported NSS/MCS combinations. 309 * @ppe_thres: Holds the PPE Thresholds data. 310 */ 311 struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap { 312 bool has_he; 313 struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem he_cap_elem; 314 struct ieee80211_he_mcs_nss_supp he_mcs_nss_supp; 315 u8 ppe_thres[IEEE80211_HE_PPE_THRES_MAX_LEN]; 316 }; 317 318 /** 319 * struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data 320 * 321 * This structure encapsulates sband data that is relevant for the 322 * interface types defined in @types_mask. Each type in the 323 * @types_mask must be unique across all instances of iftype_data. 324 * 325 * @types_mask: interface types mask 326 * @he_cap: holds the HE capabilities 327 */ 328 struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data { 329 u16 types_mask; 330 struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap he_cap; 331 }; 332 333 /** 334 * enum ieee80211_edmg_bw_config - allowed channel bandwidth configurations 335 * 336 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_4: 2.16GHz 337 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_5: 2.16GHz and 4.32GHz 338 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_6: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz and 6.48GHz 339 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_7: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz and 8.64GHz 340 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_8: 2.16GHz and 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz 341 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_9: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz and 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz 342 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_10: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz and 2.16GHz+2.16GHz 343 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_11: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz, 8.64GHz and 344 * 2.16GHz+2.16GHz 345 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_12: 2.16GHz, 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz and 346 * 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz 347 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_13: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz and 348 * 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz 349 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_14: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz, 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz 350 * and 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz 351 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_15: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz, 8.64GHz, 352 * 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz and 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz 353 */ 354 enum ieee80211_edmg_bw_config { 355 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_4 = 4, 356 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_5 = 5, 357 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_6 = 6, 358 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_7 = 7, 359 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_8 = 8, 360 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_9 = 9, 361 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_10 = 10, 362 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_11 = 11, 363 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_12 = 12, 364 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_13 = 13, 365 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_14 = 14, 366 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_15 = 15, 367 }; 368 369 /** 370 * struct ieee80211_edmg - EDMG configuration 371 * 372 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 373 * to describe 802.11ay EDMG configuration 374 * 375 * @channels: bitmap that indicates the 2.16 GHz channel(s) 376 * that are allowed to be used for transmissions. 377 * Bit 0 indicates channel 1, bit 1 indicates channel 2, etc. 378 * Set to 0 indicate EDMG not supported. 379 * @bw_config: Channel BW Configuration subfield encodes 380 * the allowed channel bandwidth configurations 381 */ 382 struct ieee80211_edmg { 383 u8 channels; 384 enum ieee80211_edmg_bw_config bw_config; 385 }; 386 387 /** 388 * struct ieee80211_supported_band - frequency band definition 389 * 390 * This structure describes a frequency band a wiphy 391 * is able to operate in. 392 * 393 * @channels: Array of channels the hardware can operate in 394 * in this band. 395 * @band: the band this structure represents 396 * @n_channels: Number of channels in @channels 397 * @bitrates: Array of bitrates the hardware can operate with 398 * in this band. Must be sorted to give a valid "supported 399 * rates" IE, i.e. CCK rates first, then OFDM. 400 * @n_bitrates: Number of bitrates in @bitrates 401 * @ht_cap: HT capabilities in this band 402 * @vht_cap: VHT capabilities in this band 403 * @edmg_cap: EDMG capabilities in this band 404 * @n_iftype_data: number of iftype data entries 405 * @iftype_data: interface type data entries. Note that the bits in 406 * @types_mask inside this structure cannot overlap (i.e. only 407 * one occurrence of each type is allowed across all instances of 408 * iftype_data). 409 */ 410 struct ieee80211_supported_band { 411 struct ieee80211_channel *channels; 412 struct ieee80211_rate *bitrates; 413 enum nl80211_band band; 414 int n_channels; 415 int n_bitrates; 416 struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap ht_cap; 417 struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap vht_cap; 418 struct ieee80211_edmg edmg_cap; 419 u16 n_iftype_data; 420 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *iftype_data; 421 }; 422 423 /** 424 * ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data - return sband data for a given iftype 425 * @sband: the sband to search for the STA on 426 * @iftype: enum nl80211_iftype 427 * 428 * Return: pointer to struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data, or NULL is none found 429 */ 430 static inline const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data * 431 ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 432 u8 iftype) 433 { 434 int i; 435 436 if (WARN_ON(iftype >= NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX)) 437 return NULL; 438 439 for (i = 0; i < sband->n_iftype_data; i++) { 440 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data = 441 &sband->iftype_data[i]; 442 443 if (data->types_mask & BIT(iftype)) 444 return data; 445 } 446 447 return NULL; 448 } 449 450 /** 451 * ieee80211_get_he_iftype_cap - return HE capabilities for an sband's iftype 452 * @sband: the sband to search for the iftype on 453 * @iftype: enum nl80211_iftype 454 * 455 * Return: pointer to the struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap, or NULL is none found 456 */ 457 static inline const struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap * 458 ieee80211_get_he_iftype_cap(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 459 u8 iftype) 460 { 461 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data = 462 ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(sband, iftype); 463 464 if (data && data->he_cap.has_he) 465 return &data->he_cap; 466 467 return NULL; 468 } 469 470 /** 471 * ieee80211_get_he_sta_cap - return HE capabilities for an sband's STA 472 * @sband: the sband to search for the STA on 473 * 474 * Return: pointer to the struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap, or NULL is none found 475 */ 476 static inline const struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap * 477 ieee80211_get_he_sta_cap(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband) 478 { 479 return ieee80211_get_he_iftype_cap(sband, NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION); 480 } 481 482 /** 483 * wiphy_read_of_freq_limits - read frequency limits from device tree 484 * 485 * @wiphy: the wireless device to get extra limits for 486 * 487 * Some devices may have extra limitations specified in DT. This may be useful 488 * for chipsets that normally support more bands but are limited due to board 489 * design (e.g. by antennas or external power amplifier). 490 * 491 * This function reads info from DT and uses it to *modify* channels (disable 492 * unavailable ones). It's usually a *bad* idea to use it in drivers with 493 * shared channel data as DT limitations are device specific. You should make 494 * sure to call it only if channels in wiphy are copied and can be modified 495 * without affecting other devices. 496 * 497 * As this function access device node it has to be called after set_wiphy_dev. 498 * It also modifies channels so they have to be set first. 499 * If using this helper, call it before wiphy_register(). 500 */ 501 #ifdef CONFIG_OF 502 void wiphy_read_of_freq_limits(struct wiphy *wiphy); 503 #else /* CONFIG_OF */ 504 static inline void wiphy_read_of_freq_limits(struct wiphy *wiphy) 505 { 506 } 507 #endif /* !CONFIG_OF */ 508 509 510 /* 511 * Wireless hardware/device configuration structures and methods 512 */ 513 514 /** 515 * DOC: Actions and configuration 516 * 517 * Each wireless device and each virtual interface offer a set of configuration 518 * operations and other actions that are invoked by userspace. Each of these 519 * actions is described in the operations structure, and the parameters these 520 * operations use are described separately. 521 * 522 * Additionally, some operations are asynchronous and expect to get status 523 * information via some functions that drivers need to call. 524 * 525 * Scanning and BSS list handling with its associated functionality is described 526 * in a separate chapter. 527 */ 528 529 #define VHT_MUMIMO_GROUPS_DATA_LEN (WLAN_MEMBERSHIP_LEN +\ 530 WLAN_USER_POSITION_LEN) 531 532 /** 533 * struct vif_params - describes virtual interface parameters 534 * @flags: monitor interface flags, unchanged if 0, otherwise 535 * %MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED will be set 536 * @use_4addr: use 4-address frames 537 * @macaddr: address to use for this virtual interface. 538 * If this parameter is set to zero address the driver may 539 * determine the address as needed. 540 * This feature is only fully supported by drivers that enable the 541 * %NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE flag. Others may support creating 542 ** only p2p devices with specified MAC. 543 * @vht_mumimo_groups: MU-MIMO groupID, used for monitoring MU-MIMO packets 544 * belonging to that MU-MIMO groupID; %NULL if not changed 545 * @vht_mumimo_follow_addr: MU-MIMO follow address, used for monitoring 546 * MU-MIMO packets going to the specified station; %NULL if not changed 547 */ 548 struct vif_params { 549 u32 flags; 550 int use_4addr; 551 u8 macaddr[ETH_ALEN]; 552 const u8 *vht_mumimo_groups; 553 const u8 *vht_mumimo_follow_addr; 554 }; 555 556 /** 557 * struct key_params - key information 558 * 559 * Information about a key 560 * 561 * @key: key material 562 * @key_len: length of key material 563 * @cipher: cipher suite selector 564 * @seq: sequence counter (IV/PN) for TKIP and CCMP keys, only used 565 * with the get_key() callback, must be in little endian, 566 * length given by @seq_len. 567 * @seq_len: length of @seq. 568 * @vlan_id: vlan_id for VLAN group key (if nonzero) 569 * @mode: key install mode (RX_TX, NO_TX or SET_TX) 570 */ 571 struct key_params { 572 const u8 *key; 573 const u8 *seq; 574 int key_len; 575 int seq_len; 576 u16 vlan_id; 577 u32 cipher; 578 enum nl80211_key_mode mode; 579 }; 580 581 /** 582 * struct cfg80211_chan_def - channel definition 583 * @chan: the (control) channel 584 * @width: channel width 585 * @center_freq1: center frequency of first segment 586 * @center_freq2: center frequency of second segment 587 * (only with 80+80 MHz) 588 * @edmg: define the EDMG channels configuration. 589 * If edmg is requested (i.e. the .channels member is non-zero), 590 * chan will define the primary channel and all other 591 * parameters are ignored. 592 */ 593 struct cfg80211_chan_def { 594 struct ieee80211_channel *chan; 595 enum nl80211_chan_width width; 596 u32 center_freq1; 597 u32 center_freq2; 598 struct ieee80211_edmg edmg; 599 }; 600 601 /** 602 * cfg80211_get_chandef_type - return old channel type from chandef 603 * @chandef: the channel definition 604 * 605 * Return: The old channel type (NOHT, HT20, HT40+/-) from a given 606 * chandef, which must have a bandwidth allowing this conversion. 607 */ 608 static inline enum nl80211_channel_type 609 cfg80211_get_chandef_type(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 610 { 611 switch (chandef->width) { 612 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT: 613 return NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT; 614 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20: 615 return NL80211_CHAN_HT20; 616 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40: 617 if (chandef->center_freq1 > chandef->chan->center_freq) 618 return NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS; 619 return NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS; 620 default: 621 WARN_ON(1); 622 return NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT; 623 } 624 } 625 626 /** 627 * cfg80211_chandef_create - create channel definition using channel type 628 * @chandef: the channel definition struct to fill 629 * @channel: the control channel 630 * @chantype: the channel type 631 * 632 * Given a channel type, create a channel definition. 633 */ 634 void cfg80211_chandef_create(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 635 struct ieee80211_channel *channel, 636 enum nl80211_channel_type chantype); 637 638 /** 639 * cfg80211_chandef_identical - check if two channel definitions are identical 640 * @chandef1: first channel definition 641 * @chandef2: second channel definition 642 * 643 * Return: %true if the channels defined by the channel definitions are 644 * identical, %false otherwise. 645 */ 646 static inline bool 647 cfg80211_chandef_identical(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef1, 648 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef2) 649 { 650 return (chandef1->chan == chandef2->chan && 651 chandef1->width == chandef2->width && 652 chandef1->center_freq1 == chandef2->center_freq1 && 653 chandef1->center_freq2 == chandef2->center_freq2); 654 } 655 656 /** 657 * cfg80211_chandef_is_edmg - check if chandef represents an EDMG channel 658 * 659 * @chandef: the channel definition 660 * 661 * Return: %true if EDMG defined, %false otherwise. 662 */ 663 static inline bool 664 cfg80211_chandef_is_edmg(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 665 { 666 return chandef->edmg.channels || chandef->edmg.bw_config; 667 } 668 669 /** 670 * cfg80211_chandef_compatible - check if two channel definitions are compatible 671 * @chandef1: first channel definition 672 * @chandef2: second channel definition 673 * 674 * Return: %NULL if the given channel definitions are incompatible, 675 * chandef1 or chandef2 otherwise. 676 */ 677 const struct cfg80211_chan_def * 678 cfg80211_chandef_compatible(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef1, 679 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef2); 680 681 /** 682 * cfg80211_chandef_valid - check if a channel definition is valid 683 * @chandef: the channel definition to check 684 * Return: %true if the channel definition is valid. %false otherwise. 685 */ 686 bool cfg80211_chandef_valid(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 687 688 /** 689 * cfg80211_chandef_usable - check if secondary channels can be used 690 * @wiphy: the wiphy to validate against 691 * @chandef: the channel definition to check 692 * @prohibited_flags: the regulatory channel flags that must not be set 693 * Return: %true if secondary channels are usable. %false otherwise. 694 */ 695 bool cfg80211_chandef_usable(struct wiphy *wiphy, 696 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 697 u32 prohibited_flags); 698 699 /** 700 * cfg80211_chandef_dfs_required - checks if radar detection is required 701 * @wiphy: the wiphy to validate against 702 * @chandef: the channel definition to check 703 * @iftype: the interface type as specified in &enum nl80211_iftype 704 * Returns: 705 * 1 if radar detection is required, 0 if it is not, < 0 on error 706 */ 707 int cfg80211_chandef_dfs_required(struct wiphy *wiphy, 708 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 709 enum nl80211_iftype iftype); 710 711 /** 712 * ieee80211_chandef_rate_flags - returns rate flags for a channel 713 * 714 * In some channel types, not all rates may be used - for example CCK 715 * rates may not be used in 5/10 MHz channels. 716 * 717 * @chandef: channel definition for the channel 718 * 719 * Returns: rate flags which apply for this channel 720 */ 721 static inline enum ieee80211_rate_flags 722 ieee80211_chandef_rate_flags(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 723 { 724 switch (chandef->width) { 725 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 726 return IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ; 727 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 728 return IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ; 729 default: 730 break; 731 } 732 return 0; 733 } 734 735 /** 736 * ieee80211_chandef_max_power - maximum transmission power for the chandef 737 * 738 * In some regulations, the transmit power may depend on the configured channel 739 * bandwidth which may be defined as dBm/MHz. This function returns the actual 740 * max_power for non-standard (20 MHz) channels. 741 * 742 * @chandef: channel definition for the channel 743 * 744 * Returns: maximum allowed transmission power in dBm for the chandef 745 */ 746 static inline int 747 ieee80211_chandef_max_power(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 748 { 749 switch (chandef->width) { 750 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 751 return min(chandef->chan->max_reg_power - 6, 752 chandef->chan->max_power); 753 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 754 return min(chandef->chan->max_reg_power - 3, 755 chandef->chan->max_power); 756 default: 757 break; 758 } 759 return chandef->chan->max_power; 760 } 761 762 /** 763 * enum survey_info_flags - survey information flags 764 * 765 * @SURVEY_INFO_NOISE_DBM: noise (in dBm) was filled in 766 * @SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE: channel is currently being used 767 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME: active time (in ms) was filled in 768 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY: busy time was filled in 769 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY: extension channel busy time was filled in 770 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX: receive time was filled in 771 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX: transmit time was filled in 772 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN: scan time was filled in 773 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX: local BSS receive time was filled in 774 * 775 * Used by the driver to indicate which info in &struct survey_info 776 * it has filled in during the get_survey(). 777 */ 778 enum survey_info_flags { 779 SURVEY_INFO_NOISE_DBM = BIT(0), 780 SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE = BIT(1), 781 SURVEY_INFO_TIME = BIT(2), 782 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY = BIT(3), 783 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY = BIT(4), 784 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX = BIT(5), 785 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX = BIT(6), 786 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN = BIT(7), 787 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX = BIT(8), 788 }; 789 790 /** 791 * struct survey_info - channel survey response 792 * 793 * @channel: the channel this survey record reports, may be %NULL for a single 794 * record to report global statistics 795 * @filled: bitflag of flags from &enum survey_info_flags 796 * @noise: channel noise in dBm. This and all following fields are 797 * optional 798 * @time: amount of time in ms the radio was turn on (on the channel) 799 * @time_busy: amount of time the primary channel was sensed busy 800 * @time_ext_busy: amount of time the extension channel was sensed busy 801 * @time_rx: amount of time the radio spent receiving data 802 * @time_tx: amount of time the radio spent transmitting data 803 * @time_scan: amount of time the radio spent for scanning 804 * @time_bss_rx: amount of time the radio spent receiving data on a local BSS 805 * 806 * Used by dump_survey() to report back per-channel survey information. 807 * 808 * This structure can later be expanded with things like 809 * channel duty cycle etc. 810 */ 811 struct survey_info { 812 struct ieee80211_channel *channel; 813 u64 time; 814 u64 time_busy; 815 u64 time_ext_busy; 816 u64 time_rx; 817 u64 time_tx; 818 u64 time_scan; 819 u64 time_bss_rx; 820 u32 filled; 821 s8 noise; 822 }; 823 824 #define CFG80211_MAX_WEP_KEYS 4 825 826 /** 827 * struct cfg80211_crypto_settings - Crypto settings 828 * @wpa_versions: indicates which, if any, WPA versions are enabled 829 * (from enum nl80211_wpa_versions) 830 * @cipher_group: group key cipher suite (or 0 if unset) 831 * @n_ciphers_pairwise: number of AP supported unicast ciphers 832 * @ciphers_pairwise: unicast key cipher suites 833 * @n_akm_suites: number of AKM suites 834 * @akm_suites: AKM suites 835 * @control_port: Whether user space controls IEEE 802.1X port, i.e., 836 * sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED. If true, the driver is 837 * required to assume that the port is unauthorized until authorized by 838 * user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by default. 839 * @control_port_ethertype: the control port protocol that should be 840 * allowed through even on unauthorized ports 841 * @control_port_no_encrypt: TRUE to prevent encryption of control port 842 * protocol frames. 843 * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control 844 * port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface. 845 * @wep_keys: static WEP keys, if not NULL points to an array of 846 * CFG80211_MAX_WEP_KEYS WEP keys 847 * @wep_tx_key: key index (0..3) of the default TX static WEP key 848 * @psk: PSK (for devices supporting 4-way-handshake offload) 849 * @sae_pwd: password for SAE authentication (for devices supporting SAE 850 * offload) 851 * @sae_pwd_len: length of SAE password (for devices supporting SAE offload) 852 */ 853 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings { 854 u32 wpa_versions; 855 u32 cipher_group; 856 int n_ciphers_pairwise; 857 u32 ciphers_pairwise[NL80211_MAX_NR_CIPHER_SUITES]; 858 int n_akm_suites; 859 u32 akm_suites[NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES]; 860 bool control_port; 861 __be16 control_port_ethertype; 862 bool control_port_no_encrypt; 863 bool control_port_over_nl80211; 864 struct key_params *wep_keys; 865 int wep_tx_key; 866 const u8 *psk; 867 const u8 *sae_pwd; 868 u8 sae_pwd_len; 869 }; 870 871 /** 872 * struct cfg80211_beacon_data - beacon data 873 * @head: head portion of beacon (before TIM IE) 874 * or %NULL if not changed 875 * @tail: tail portion of beacon (after TIM IE) 876 * or %NULL if not changed 877 * @head_len: length of @head 878 * @tail_len: length of @tail 879 * @beacon_ies: extra information element(s) to add into Beacon frames or %NULL 880 * @beacon_ies_len: length of beacon_ies in octets 881 * @proberesp_ies: extra information element(s) to add into Probe Response 882 * frames or %NULL 883 * @proberesp_ies_len: length of proberesp_ies in octets 884 * @assocresp_ies: extra information element(s) to add into (Re)Association 885 * Response frames or %NULL 886 * @assocresp_ies_len: length of assocresp_ies in octets 887 * @probe_resp_len: length of probe response template (@probe_resp) 888 * @probe_resp: probe response template (AP mode only) 889 * @ftm_responder: enable FTM responder functionality; -1 for no change 890 * (which also implies no change in LCI/civic location data) 891 * @lci: Measurement Report element content, starting with Measurement Token 892 * (measurement type 8) 893 * @civicloc: Measurement Report element content, starting with Measurement 894 * Token (measurement type 11) 895 * @lci_len: LCI data length 896 * @civicloc_len: Civic location data length 897 */ 898 struct cfg80211_beacon_data { 899 const u8 *head, *tail; 900 const u8 *beacon_ies; 901 const u8 *proberesp_ies; 902 const u8 *assocresp_ies; 903 const u8 *probe_resp; 904 const u8 *lci; 905 const u8 *civicloc; 906 s8 ftm_responder; 907 908 size_t head_len, tail_len; 909 size_t beacon_ies_len; 910 size_t proberesp_ies_len; 911 size_t assocresp_ies_len; 912 size_t probe_resp_len; 913 size_t lci_len; 914 size_t civicloc_len; 915 }; 916 917 struct mac_address { 918 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN]; 919 }; 920 921 /** 922 * struct cfg80211_acl_data - Access control list data 923 * 924 * @acl_policy: ACL policy to be applied on the station's 925 * entry specified by mac_addr 926 * @n_acl_entries: Number of MAC address entries passed 927 * @mac_addrs: List of MAC addresses of stations to be used for ACL 928 */ 929 struct cfg80211_acl_data { 930 enum nl80211_acl_policy acl_policy; 931 int n_acl_entries; 932 933 /* Keep it last */ 934 struct mac_address mac_addrs[]; 935 }; 936 937 /* 938 * cfg80211_bitrate_mask - masks for bitrate control 939 */ 940 struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask { 941 struct { 942 u32 legacy; 943 u8 ht_mcs[IEEE80211_HT_MCS_MASK_LEN]; 944 u16 vht_mcs[NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX]; 945 enum nl80211_txrate_gi gi; 946 } control[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 947 }; 948 949 /** 950 * enum cfg80211_ap_settings_flags - AP settings flags 951 * 952 * Used by cfg80211_ap_settings 953 * 954 * @AP_SETTINGS_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: AP supports external authentication 955 */ 956 enum cfg80211_ap_settings_flags { 957 AP_SETTINGS_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT = BIT(0), 958 }; 959 960 /** 961 * struct cfg80211_ap_settings - AP configuration 962 * 963 * Used to configure an AP interface. 964 * 965 * @chandef: defines the channel to use 966 * @beacon: beacon data 967 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval 968 * @dtim_period: DTIM period 969 * @ssid: SSID to be used in the BSS (note: may be %NULL if not provided from 970 * user space) 971 * @ssid_len: length of @ssid 972 * @hidden_ssid: whether to hide the SSID in Beacon/Probe Response frames 973 * @crypto: crypto settings 974 * @privacy: the BSS uses privacy 975 * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm) 976 * @smps_mode: SMPS mode 977 * @inactivity_timeout: time in seconds to determine station's inactivity. 978 * @p2p_ctwindow: P2P CT Window 979 * @p2p_opp_ps: P2P opportunistic PS 980 * @acl: ACL configuration used by the drivers which has support for 981 * MAC address based access control 982 * @pbss: If set, start as a PCP instead of AP. Relevant for DMG 983 * networks. 984 * @beacon_rate: bitrate to be used for beacons 985 * @ht_cap: HT capabilities (or %NULL if HT isn't enabled) 986 * @vht_cap: VHT capabilities (or %NULL if VHT isn't enabled) 987 * @he_cap: HE capabilities (or %NULL if HE isn't enabled) 988 * @ht_required: stations must support HT 989 * @vht_required: stations must support VHT 990 * @twt_responder: Enable Target Wait Time 991 * @flags: flags, as defined in enum cfg80211_ap_settings_flags 992 * @he_obss_pd: OBSS Packet Detection settings 993 */ 994 struct cfg80211_ap_settings { 995 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 996 997 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon; 998 999 int beacon_interval, dtim_period; 1000 const u8 *ssid; 1001 size_t ssid_len; 1002 enum nl80211_hidden_ssid hidden_ssid; 1003 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto; 1004 bool privacy; 1005 enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type; 1006 enum nl80211_smps_mode smps_mode; 1007 int inactivity_timeout; 1008 u8 p2p_ctwindow; 1009 bool p2p_opp_ps; 1010 const struct cfg80211_acl_data *acl; 1011 bool pbss; 1012 struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask beacon_rate; 1013 1014 const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_cap; 1015 const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_cap; 1016 const struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem *he_cap; 1017 bool ht_required, vht_required; 1018 bool twt_responder; 1019 u32 flags; 1020 struct ieee80211_he_obss_pd he_obss_pd; 1021 }; 1022 1023 /** 1024 * struct cfg80211_csa_settings - channel switch settings 1025 * 1026 * Used for channel switch 1027 * 1028 * @chandef: defines the channel to use after the switch 1029 * @beacon_csa: beacon data while performing the switch 1030 * @counter_offsets_beacon: offsets of the counters within the beacon (tail) 1031 * @counter_offsets_presp: offsets of the counters within the probe response 1032 * @n_counter_offsets_beacon: number of csa counters the beacon (tail) 1033 * @n_counter_offsets_presp: number of csa counters in the probe response 1034 * @beacon_after: beacon data to be used on the new channel 1035 * @radar_required: whether radar detection is required on the new channel 1036 * @block_tx: whether transmissions should be blocked while changing 1037 * @count: number of beacons until switch 1038 */ 1039 struct cfg80211_csa_settings { 1040 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 1041 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_csa; 1042 const u16 *counter_offsets_beacon; 1043 const u16 *counter_offsets_presp; 1044 unsigned int n_counter_offsets_beacon; 1045 unsigned int n_counter_offsets_presp; 1046 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_after; 1047 bool radar_required; 1048 bool block_tx; 1049 u8 count; 1050 }; 1051 1052 #define CFG80211_MAX_NUM_DIFFERENT_CHANNELS 10 1053 1054 /** 1055 * struct iface_combination_params - input parameters for interface combinations 1056 * 1057 * Used to pass interface combination parameters 1058 * 1059 * @num_different_channels: the number of different channels we want 1060 * to use for verification 1061 * @radar_detect: a bitmap where each bit corresponds to a channel 1062 * width where radar detection is needed, as in the definition of 1063 * &struct ieee80211_iface_combination.@radar_detect_widths 1064 * @iftype_num: array with the number of interfaces of each interface 1065 * type. The index is the interface type as specified in &enum 1066 * nl80211_iftype. 1067 * @new_beacon_int: set this to the beacon interval of a new interface 1068 * that's not operating yet, if such is to be checked as part of 1069 * the verification 1070 */ 1071 struct iface_combination_params { 1072 int num_different_channels; 1073 u8 radar_detect; 1074 int iftype_num[NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES]; 1075 u32 new_beacon_int; 1076 }; 1077 1078 /** 1079 * enum station_parameters_apply_mask - station parameter values to apply 1080 * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_UAPSD: apply new uAPSD parameters (uapsd_queues, max_sp) 1081 * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_CAPABILITY: apply new capability 1082 * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_PLINK_STATE: apply new plink state 1083 * 1084 * Not all station parameters have in-band "no change" signalling, 1085 * for those that don't these flags will are used. 1086 */ 1087 enum station_parameters_apply_mask { 1088 STATION_PARAM_APPLY_UAPSD = BIT(0), 1089 STATION_PARAM_APPLY_CAPABILITY = BIT(1), 1090 STATION_PARAM_APPLY_PLINK_STATE = BIT(2), 1091 STATION_PARAM_APPLY_STA_TXPOWER = BIT(3), 1092 }; 1093 1094 /** 1095 * struct sta_txpwr - station txpower configuration 1096 * 1097 * Used to configure txpower for station. 1098 * 1099 * @power: tx power (in dBm) to be used for sending data traffic. If tx power 1100 * is not provided, the default per-interface tx power setting will be 1101 * overriding. Driver should be picking up the lowest tx power, either tx 1102 * power per-interface or per-station. 1103 * @type: In particular if TPC %type is NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED then tx power 1104 * will be less than or equal to specified from userspace, whereas if TPC 1105 * %type is NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC then it indicates default tx power. 1106 * NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED is not a valid configuration option for 1107 * per peer TPC. 1108 */ 1109 struct sta_txpwr { 1110 s16 power; 1111 enum nl80211_tx_power_setting type; 1112 }; 1113 1114 /** 1115 * struct station_parameters - station parameters 1116 * 1117 * Used to change and create a new station. 1118 * 1119 * @vlan: vlan interface station should belong to 1120 * @supported_rates: supported rates in IEEE 802.11 format 1121 * (or NULL for no change) 1122 * @supported_rates_len: number of supported rates 1123 * @sta_flags_mask: station flags that changed 1124 * (bitmask of BIT(%NL80211_STA_FLAG_...)) 1125 * @sta_flags_set: station flags values 1126 * (bitmask of BIT(%NL80211_STA_FLAG_...)) 1127 * @listen_interval: listen interval or -1 for no change 1128 * @aid: AID or zero for no change 1129 * @vlan_id: VLAN ID for station (if nonzero) 1130 * @peer_aid: mesh peer AID or zero for no change 1131 * @plink_action: plink action to take 1132 * @plink_state: set the peer link state for a station 1133 * @ht_capa: HT capabilities of station 1134 * @vht_capa: VHT capabilities of station 1135 * @uapsd_queues: bitmap of queues configured for uapsd. same format 1136 * as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field 1137 * @max_sp: max Service Period. same format as the MAX_SP in the 1138 * QoS info field (but already shifted down) 1139 * @sta_modify_mask: bitmap indicating which parameters changed 1140 * (for those that don't have a natural "no change" value), 1141 * see &enum station_parameters_apply_mask 1142 * @local_pm: local link-specific mesh power save mode (no change when set 1143 * to unknown) 1144 * @capability: station capability 1145 * @ext_capab: extended capabilities of the station 1146 * @ext_capab_len: number of extended capabilities 1147 * @supported_channels: supported channels in IEEE 802.11 format 1148 * @supported_channels_len: number of supported channels 1149 * @supported_oper_classes: supported oper classes in IEEE 802.11 format 1150 * @supported_oper_classes_len: number of supported operating classes 1151 * @opmode_notif: operating mode field from Operating Mode Notification 1152 * @opmode_notif_used: information if operating mode field is used 1153 * @support_p2p_ps: information if station supports P2P PS mechanism 1154 * @he_capa: HE capabilities of station 1155 * @he_capa_len: the length of the HE capabilities 1156 * @airtime_weight: airtime scheduler weight for this station 1157 */ 1158 struct station_parameters { 1159 const u8 *supported_rates; 1160 struct net_device *vlan; 1161 u32 sta_flags_mask, sta_flags_set; 1162 u32 sta_modify_mask; 1163 int listen_interval; 1164 u16 aid; 1165 u16 vlan_id; 1166 u16 peer_aid; 1167 u8 supported_rates_len; 1168 u8 plink_action; 1169 u8 plink_state; 1170 const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_capa; 1171 const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_capa; 1172 u8 uapsd_queues; 1173 u8 max_sp; 1174 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode local_pm; 1175 u16 capability; 1176 const u8 *ext_capab; 1177 u8 ext_capab_len; 1178 const u8 *supported_channels; 1179 u8 supported_channels_len; 1180 const u8 *supported_oper_classes; 1181 u8 supported_oper_classes_len; 1182 u8 opmode_notif; 1183 bool opmode_notif_used; 1184 int support_p2p_ps; 1185 const struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem *he_capa; 1186 u8 he_capa_len; 1187 u16 airtime_weight; 1188 struct sta_txpwr txpwr; 1189 }; 1190 1191 /** 1192 * struct station_del_parameters - station deletion parameters 1193 * 1194 * Used to delete a station entry (or all stations). 1195 * 1196 * @mac: MAC address of the station to remove or NULL to remove all stations 1197 * @subtype: Management frame subtype to use for indicating removal 1198 * (10 = Disassociation, 12 = Deauthentication) 1199 * @reason_code: Reason code for the Disassociation/Deauthentication frame 1200 */ 1201 struct station_del_parameters { 1202 const u8 *mac; 1203 u8 subtype; 1204 u16 reason_code; 1205 }; 1206 1207 /** 1208 * enum cfg80211_station_type - the type of station being modified 1209 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT: client of an AP interface 1210 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT_UNASSOC: client of an AP interface that is still 1211 * unassociated (update properties for this type of client is permitted) 1212 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_MLME_CLIENT: client of an AP interface that has 1213 * the AP MLME in the device 1214 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_STA: AP station on managed interface 1215 * @CFG80211_STA_IBSS: IBSS station 1216 * @CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_SETUP: TDLS peer on managed interface (dummy entry 1217 * while TDLS setup is in progress, it moves out of this state when 1218 * being marked authorized; use this only if TDLS with external setup is 1219 * supported/used) 1220 * @CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_ACTIVE: TDLS peer on managed interface (active 1221 * entry that is operating, has been marked authorized by userspace) 1222 * @CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_KERNEL: peer on mesh interface (kernel managed) 1223 * @CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_USER: peer on mesh interface (user managed) 1224 */ 1225 enum cfg80211_station_type { 1226 CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT, 1227 CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT_UNASSOC, 1228 CFG80211_STA_AP_MLME_CLIENT, 1229 CFG80211_STA_AP_STA, 1230 CFG80211_STA_IBSS, 1231 CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_SETUP, 1232 CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_ACTIVE, 1233 CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_KERNEL, 1234 CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_USER, 1235 }; 1236 1237 /** 1238 * cfg80211_check_station_change - validate parameter changes 1239 * @wiphy: the wiphy this operates on 1240 * @params: the new parameters for a station 1241 * @statype: the type of station being modified 1242 * 1243 * Utility function for the @change_station driver method. Call this function 1244 * with the appropriate station type looking up the station (and checking that 1245 * it exists). It will verify whether the station change is acceptable, and if 1246 * not will return an error code. Note that it may modify the parameters for 1247 * backward compatibility reasons, so don't use them before calling this. 1248 */ 1249 int cfg80211_check_station_change(struct wiphy *wiphy, 1250 struct station_parameters *params, 1251 enum cfg80211_station_type statype); 1252 1253 /** 1254 * enum station_info_rate_flags - bitrate info flags 1255 * 1256 * Used by the driver to indicate the specific rate transmission 1257 * type for 802.11n transmissions. 1258 * 1259 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_MCS: mcs field filled with HT MCS 1260 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_VHT_MCS: mcs field filled with VHT MCS 1261 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_SHORT_GI: 400ns guard interval 1262 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_DMG: 60GHz MCS 1263 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_HE_MCS: HE MCS information 1264 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EDMG: 60GHz MCS in EDMG mode 1265 */ 1266 enum rate_info_flags { 1267 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_MCS = BIT(0), 1268 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_VHT_MCS = BIT(1), 1269 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_SHORT_GI = BIT(2), 1270 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_DMG = BIT(3), 1271 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_HE_MCS = BIT(4), 1272 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EDMG = BIT(5), 1273 }; 1274 1275 /** 1276 * enum rate_info_bw - rate bandwidth information 1277 * 1278 * Used by the driver to indicate the rate bandwidth. 1279 * 1280 * @RATE_INFO_BW_5: 5 MHz bandwidth 1281 * @RATE_INFO_BW_10: 10 MHz bandwidth 1282 * @RATE_INFO_BW_20: 20 MHz bandwidth 1283 * @RATE_INFO_BW_40: 40 MHz bandwidth 1284 * @RATE_INFO_BW_80: 80 MHz bandwidth 1285 * @RATE_INFO_BW_160: 160 MHz bandwidth 1286 * @RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU: bandwidth determined by HE RU allocation 1287 */ 1288 enum rate_info_bw { 1289 RATE_INFO_BW_20 = 0, 1290 RATE_INFO_BW_5, 1291 RATE_INFO_BW_10, 1292 RATE_INFO_BW_40, 1293 RATE_INFO_BW_80, 1294 RATE_INFO_BW_160, 1295 RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU, 1296 }; 1297 1298 /** 1299 * struct rate_info - bitrate information 1300 * 1301 * Information about a receiving or transmitting bitrate 1302 * 1303 * @flags: bitflag of flags from &enum rate_info_flags 1304 * @mcs: mcs index if struct describes an HT/VHT/HE rate 1305 * @legacy: bitrate in 100kbit/s for 802.11abg 1306 * @nss: number of streams (VHT & HE only) 1307 * @bw: bandwidth (from &enum rate_info_bw) 1308 * @he_gi: HE guard interval (from &enum nl80211_he_gi) 1309 * @he_dcm: HE DCM value 1310 * @he_ru_alloc: HE RU allocation (from &enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc, 1311 * only valid if bw is %RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU) 1312 * @n_bonded_ch: In case of EDMG the number of bonded channels (1-4) 1313 */ 1314 struct rate_info { 1315 u8 flags; 1316 u8 mcs; 1317 u16 legacy; 1318 u8 nss; 1319 u8 bw; 1320 u8 he_gi; 1321 u8 he_dcm; 1322 u8 he_ru_alloc; 1323 u8 n_bonded_ch; 1324 }; 1325 1326 /** 1327 * enum station_info_rate_flags - bitrate info flags 1328 * 1329 * Used by the driver to indicate the specific rate transmission 1330 * type for 802.11n transmissions. 1331 * 1332 * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled 1333 * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled 1334 * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time is enabled 1335 */ 1336 enum bss_param_flags { 1337 BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_CTS_PROT = 1<<0, 1338 BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_PREAMBLE = 1<<1, 1339 BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME = 1<<2, 1340 }; 1341 1342 /** 1343 * struct sta_bss_parameters - BSS parameters for the attached station 1344 * 1345 * Information about the currently associated BSS 1346 * 1347 * @flags: bitflag of flags from &enum bss_param_flags 1348 * @dtim_period: DTIM period for the BSS 1349 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval 1350 */ 1351 struct sta_bss_parameters { 1352 u8 flags; 1353 u8 dtim_period; 1354 u16 beacon_interval; 1355 }; 1356 1357 /** 1358 * struct cfg80211_txq_stats - TXQ statistics for this TID 1359 * @filled: bitmap of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_txq_stats to 1360 * indicate the relevant values in this struct are filled 1361 * @backlog_bytes: total number of bytes currently backlogged 1362 * @backlog_packets: total number of packets currently backlogged 1363 * @flows: number of new flows seen 1364 * @drops: total number of packets dropped 1365 * @ecn_marks: total number of packets marked with ECN CE 1366 * @overlimit: number of drops due to queue space overflow 1367 * @overmemory: number of drops due to memory limit overflow 1368 * @collisions: number of hash collisions 1369 * @tx_bytes: total number of bytes dequeued 1370 * @tx_packets: total number of packets dequeued 1371 * @max_flows: maximum number of flows supported 1372 */ 1373 struct cfg80211_txq_stats { 1374 u32 filled; 1375 u32 backlog_bytes; 1376 u32 backlog_packets; 1377 u32 flows; 1378 u32 drops; 1379 u32 ecn_marks; 1380 u32 overlimit; 1381 u32 overmemory; 1382 u32 collisions; 1383 u32 tx_bytes; 1384 u32 tx_packets; 1385 u32 max_flows; 1386 }; 1387 1388 /** 1389 * struct cfg80211_tid_stats - per-TID statistics 1390 * @filled: bitmap of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_tid_stats to 1391 * indicate the relevant values in this struct are filled 1392 * @rx_msdu: number of received MSDUs 1393 * @tx_msdu: number of (attempted) transmitted MSDUs 1394 * @tx_msdu_retries: number of retries (not counting the first) for 1395 * transmitted MSDUs 1396 * @tx_msdu_failed: number of failed transmitted MSDUs 1397 * @txq_stats: TXQ statistics 1398 */ 1399 struct cfg80211_tid_stats { 1400 u32 filled; 1401 u64 rx_msdu; 1402 u64 tx_msdu; 1403 u64 tx_msdu_retries; 1404 u64 tx_msdu_failed; 1405 struct cfg80211_txq_stats txq_stats; 1406 }; 1407 1408 #define IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS 4 1409 1410 /** 1411 * struct station_info - station information 1412 * 1413 * Station information filled by driver for get_station() and dump_station. 1414 * 1415 * @filled: bitflag of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_sta_info to 1416 * indicate the relevant values in this struct for them 1417 * @connected_time: time(in secs) since a station is last connected 1418 * @inactive_time: time since last station activity (tx/rx) in milliseconds 1419 * @assoc_at: bootime (ns) of the last association 1420 * @rx_bytes: bytes (size of MPDUs) received from this station 1421 * @tx_bytes: bytes (size of MPDUs) transmitted to this station 1422 * @llid: mesh local link id 1423 * @plid: mesh peer link id 1424 * @plink_state: mesh peer link state 1425 * @signal: The signal strength, type depends on the wiphy's signal_type. 1426 * For CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, value is expressed in _dBm_. 1427 * @signal_avg: Average signal strength, type depends on the wiphy's signal_type. 1428 * For CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, value is expressed in _dBm_. 1429 * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal, @chain_signal_avg 1430 * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received packet in dBm 1431 * @chain_signal_avg: per-chain signal strength average in dBm 1432 * @txrate: current unicast bitrate from this station 1433 * @rxrate: current unicast bitrate to this station 1434 * @rx_packets: packets (MSDUs & MMPDUs) received from this station 1435 * @tx_packets: packets (MSDUs & MMPDUs) transmitted to this station 1436 * @tx_retries: cumulative retry counts (MPDUs) 1437 * @tx_failed: number of failed transmissions (MPDUs) (retries exceeded, no ACK) 1438 * @rx_dropped_misc: Dropped for un-specified reason. 1439 * @bss_param: current BSS parameters 1440 * @generation: generation number for nl80211 dumps. 1441 * This number should increase every time the list of stations 1442 * changes, i.e. when a station is added or removed, so that 1443 * userspace can tell whether it got a consistent snapshot. 1444 * @assoc_req_ies: IEs from (Re)Association Request. 1445 * This is used only when in AP mode with drivers that do not use 1446 * user space MLME/SME implementation. The information is provided for 1447 * the cfg80211_new_sta() calls to notify user space of the IEs. 1448 * @assoc_req_ies_len: Length of assoc_req_ies buffer in octets. 1449 * @sta_flags: station flags mask & values 1450 * @beacon_loss_count: Number of times beacon loss event has triggered. 1451 * @t_offset: Time offset of the station relative to this host. 1452 * @local_pm: local mesh STA power save mode 1453 * @peer_pm: peer mesh STA power save mode 1454 * @nonpeer_pm: non-peer mesh STA power save mode 1455 * @expected_throughput: expected throughput in kbps (including 802.11 headers) 1456 * towards this station. 1457 * @rx_beacon: number of beacons received from this peer 1458 * @rx_beacon_signal_avg: signal strength average (in dBm) for beacons received 1459 * from this peer 1460 * @connected_to_gate: true if mesh STA has a path to mesh gate 1461 * @rx_duration: aggregate PPDU duration(usecs) for all the frames from a peer 1462 * @tx_duration: aggregate PPDU duration(usecs) for all the frames to a peer 1463 * @airtime_weight: current airtime scheduling weight 1464 * @pertid: per-TID statistics, see &struct cfg80211_tid_stats, using the last 1465 * (IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS) index for MSDUs not encapsulated in QoS-MPDUs. 1466 * Note that this doesn't use the @filled bit, but is used if non-NULL. 1467 * @ack_signal: signal strength (in dBm) of the last ACK frame. 1468 * @avg_ack_signal: average rssi value of ack packet for the no of msdu's has 1469 * been sent. 1470 * @rx_mpdu_count: number of MPDUs received from this station 1471 * @fcs_err_count: number of packets (MPDUs) received from this station with 1472 * an FCS error. This counter should be incremented only when TA of the 1473 * received packet with an FCS error matches the peer MAC address. 1474 * @airtime_link_metric: mesh airtime link metric. 1475 */ 1476 struct station_info { 1477 u64 filled; 1478 u32 connected_time; 1479 u32 inactive_time; 1480 u64 assoc_at; 1481 u64 rx_bytes; 1482 u64 tx_bytes; 1483 u16 llid; 1484 u16 plid; 1485 u8 plink_state; 1486 s8 signal; 1487 s8 signal_avg; 1488 1489 u8 chains; 1490 s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; 1491 s8 chain_signal_avg[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; 1492 1493 struct rate_info txrate; 1494 struct rate_info rxrate; 1495 u32 rx_packets; 1496 u32 tx_packets; 1497 u32 tx_retries; 1498 u32 tx_failed; 1499 u32 rx_dropped_misc; 1500 struct sta_bss_parameters bss_param; 1501 struct nl80211_sta_flag_update sta_flags; 1502 1503 int generation; 1504 1505 const u8 *assoc_req_ies; 1506 size_t assoc_req_ies_len; 1507 1508 u32 beacon_loss_count; 1509 s64 t_offset; 1510 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode local_pm; 1511 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode peer_pm; 1512 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode nonpeer_pm; 1513 1514 u32 expected_throughput; 1515 1516 u64 tx_duration; 1517 u64 rx_duration; 1518 u64 rx_beacon; 1519 u8 rx_beacon_signal_avg; 1520 u8 connected_to_gate; 1521 1522 struct cfg80211_tid_stats *pertid; 1523 s8 ack_signal; 1524 s8 avg_ack_signal; 1525 1526 u16 airtime_weight; 1527 1528 u32 rx_mpdu_count; 1529 u32 fcs_err_count; 1530 1531 u32 airtime_link_metric; 1532 }; 1533 1534 #if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_CFG80211) 1535 /** 1536 * cfg80211_get_station - retrieve information about a given station 1537 * @dev: the device where the station is supposed to be connected to 1538 * @mac_addr: the mac address of the station of interest 1539 * @sinfo: pointer to the structure to fill with the information 1540 * 1541 * Returns 0 on success and sinfo is filled with the available information 1542 * otherwise returns a negative error code and the content of sinfo has to be 1543 * considered undefined. 1544 */ 1545 int cfg80211_get_station(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr, 1546 struct station_info *sinfo); 1547 #else 1548 static inline int cfg80211_get_station(struct net_device *dev, 1549 const u8 *mac_addr, 1550 struct station_info *sinfo) 1551 { 1552 return -ENOENT; 1553 } 1554 #endif 1555 1556 /** 1557 * enum monitor_flags - monitor flags 1558 * 1559 * Monitor interface configuration flags. Note that these must be the bits 1560 * according to the nl80211 flags. 1561 * 1562 * @MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED: set if the flags were changed 1563 * @MONITOR_FLAG_FCSFAIL: pass frames with bad FCS 1564 * @MONITOR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with bad PLCP 1565 * @MONITOR_FLAG_CONTROL: pass control frames 1566 * @MONITOR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS: disable BSSID filtering 1567 * @MONITOR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES: report frames after processing 1568 * @MONITOR_FLAG_ACTIVE: active monitor, ACKs frames on its MAC address 1569 */ 1570 enum monitor_flags { 1571 MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED = 1<<__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID, 1572 MONITOR_FLAG_FCSFAIL = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL, 1573 MONITOR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL, 1574 MONITOR_FLAG_CONTROL = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL, 1575 MONITOR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS, 1576 MONITOR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES, 1577 MONITOR_FLAG_ACTIVE = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE, 1578 }; 1579 1580 /** 1581 * enum mpath_info_flags - mesh path information flags 1582 * 1583 * Used by the driver to indicate which info in &struct mpath_info it has filled 1584 * in during get_station() or dump_station(). 1585 * 1586 * @MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN: @frame_qlen filled 1587 * @MPATH_INFO_SN: @sn filled 1588 * @MPATH_INFO_METRIC: @metric filled 1589 * @MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME: @exptime filled 1590 * @MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: @discovery_timeout filled 1591 * @MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES: @discovery_retries filled 1592 * @MPATH_INFO_FLAGS: @flags filled 1593 * @MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT: @hop_count filled 1594 * @MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE: @path_change_count filled 1595 */ 1596 enum mpath_info_flags { 1597 MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN = BIT(0), 1598 MPATH_INFO_SN = BIT(1), 1599 MPATH_INFO_METRIC = BIT(2), 1600 MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME = BIT(3), 1601 MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT = BIT(4), 1602 MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES = BIT(5), 1603 MPATH_INFO_FLAGS = BIT(6), 1604 MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT = BIT(7), 1605 MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE = BIT(8), 1606 }; 1607 1608 /** 1609 * struct mpath_info - mesh path information 1610 * 1611 * Mesh path information filled by driver for get_mpath() and dump_mpath(). 1612 * 1613 * @filled: bitfield of flags from &enum mpath_info_flags 1614 * @frame_qlen: number of queued frames for this destination 1615 * @sn: target sequence number 1616 * @metric: metric (cost) of this mesh path 1617 * @exptime: expiration time for the mesh path from now, in msecs 1618 * @flags: mesh path flags 1619 * @discovery_timeout: total mesh path discovery timeout, in msecs 1620 * @discovery_retries: mesh path discovery retries 1621 * @generation: generation number for nl80211 dumps. 1622 * This number should increase every time the list of mesh paths 1623 * changes, i.e. when a station is added or removed, so that 1624 * userspace can tell whether it got a consistent snapshot. 1625 * @hop_count: hops to destination 1626 * @path_change_count: total number of path changes to destination 1627 */ 1628 struct mpath_info { 1629 u32 filled; 1630 u32 frame_qlen; 1631 u32 sn; 1632 u32 metric; 1633 u32 exptime; 1634 u32 discovery_timeout; 1635 u8 discovery_retries; 1636 u8 flags; 1637 u8 hop_count; 1638 u32 path_change_count; 1639 1640 int generation; 1641 }; 1642 1643 /** 1644 * struct bss_parameters - BSS parameters 1645 * 1646 * Used to change BSS parameters (mainly for AP mode). 1647 * 1648 * @use_cts_prot: Whether to use CTS protection 1649 * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change) 1650 * @use_short_preamble: Whether the use of short preambles is allowed 1651 * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change) 1652 * @use_short_slot_time: Whether the use of short slot time is allowed 1653 * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change) 1654 * @basic_rates: basic rates in IEEE 802.11 format 1655 * (or NULL for no change) 1656 * @basic_rates_len: number of basic rates 1657 * @ap_isolate: do not forward packets between connected stations 1658 * @ht_opmode: HT Operation mode 1659 * (u16 = opmode, -1 = do not change) 1660 * @p2p_ctwindow: P2P CT Window (-1 = no change) 1661 * @p2p_opp_ps: P2P opportunistic PS (-1 = no change) 1662 */ 1663 struct bss_parameters { 1664 int use_cts_prot; 1665 int use_short_preamble; 1666 int use_short_slot_time; 1667 const u8 *basic_rates; 1668 u8 basic_rates_len; 1669 int ap_isolate; 1670 int ht_opmode; 1671 s8 p2p_ctwindow, p2p_opp_ps; 1672 }; 1673 1674 /** 1675 * struct mesh_config - 802.11s mesh configuration 1676 * 1677 * These parameters can be changed while the mesh is active. 1678 * 1679 * @dot11MeshRetryTimeout: the initial retry timeout in millisecond units used 1680 * by the Mesh Peering Open message 1681 * @dot11MeshConfirmTimeout: the initial retry timeout in millisecond units 1682 * used by the Mesh Peering Open message 1683 * @dot11MeshHoldingTimeout: the confirm timeout in millisecond units used by 1684 * the mesh peering management to close a mesh peering 1685 * @dot11MeshMaxPeerLinks: the maximum number of peer links allowed on this 1686 * mesh interface 1687 * @dot11MeshMaxRetries: the maximum number of peer link open retries that can 1688 * be sent to establish a new peer link instance in a mesh 1689 * @dot11MeshTTL: the value of TTL field set at a source mesh STA 1690 * @element_ttl: the value of TTL field set at a mesh STA for path selection 1691 * elements 1692 * @auto_open_plinks: whether we should automatically open peer links when we 1693 * detect compatible mesh peers 1694 * @dot11MeshNbrOffsetMaxNeighbor: the maximum number of neighbors to 1695 * synchronize to for 11s default synchronization method 1696 * @dot11MeshHWMPmaxPREQretries: the number of action frames containing a PREQ 1697 * that an originator mesh STA can send to a particular path target 1698 * @path_refresh_time: how frequently to refresh mesh paths in milliseconds 1699 * @min_discovery_timeout: the minimum length of time to wait until giving up on 1700 * a path discovery in milliseconds 1701 * @dot11MeshHWMPactivePathTimeout: the time (in TUs) for which mesh STAs 1702 * receiving a PREQ shall consider the forwarding information from the 1703 * root to be valid. (TU = time unit) 1704 * @dot11MeshHWMPpreqMinInterval: the minimum interval of time (in TUs) during 1705 * which a mesh STA can send only one action frame containing a PREQ 1706 * element 1707 * @dot11MeshHWMPperrMinInterval: the minimum interval of time (in TUs) during 1708 * which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing a PERR 1709 * element 1710 * @dot11MeshHWMPnetDiameterTraversalTime: the interval of time (in TUs) that 1711 * it takes for an HWMP information element to propagate across the mesh 1712 * @dot11MeshHWMPRootMode: the configuration of a mesh STA as root mesh STA 1713 * @dot11MeshHWMPRannInterval: the interval of time (in TUs) between root 1714 * announcements are transmitted 1715 * @dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol: whether to advertise that this mesh 1716 * station has access to a broader network beyond the MBSS. (This is 1717 * missnamed in draft 12.0: dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol set to true 1718 * only means that the station will announce others it's a mesh gate, but 1719 * not necessarily using the gate announcement protocol. Still keeping the 1720 * same nomenclature to be in sync with the spec) 1721 * @dot11MeshForwarding: whether the Mesh STA is forwarding or non-forwarding 1722 * entity (default is TRUE - forwarding entity) 1723 * @rssi_threshold: the threshold for average signal strength of candidate 1724 * station to establish a peer link 1725 * @ht_opmode: mesh HT protection mode 1726 * 1727 * @dot11MeshHWMPactivePathToRootTimeout: The time (in TUs) for which mesh STAs 1728 * receiving a proactive PREQ shall consider the forwarding information to 1729 * the root mesh STA to be valid. 1730 * 1731 * @dot11MeshHWMProotInterval: The interval of time (in TUs) between proactive 1732 * PREQs are transmitted. 1733 * @dot11MeshHWMPconfirmationInterval: The minimum interval of time (in TUs) 1734 * during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing 1735 * a PREQ element for root path confirmation. 1736 * @power_mode: The default mesh power save mode which will be the initial 1737 * setting for new peer links. 1738 * @dot11MeshAwakeWindowDuration: The duration in TUs the STA will remain awake 1739 * after transmitting its beacon. 1740 * @plink_timeout: If no tx activity is seen from a STA we've established 1741 * peering with for longer than this time (in seconds), then remove it 1742 * from the STA's list of peers. Default is 30 minutes. 1743 * @dot11MeshConnectedToMeshGate: if set to true, advertise that this STA is 1744 * connected to a mesh gate in mesh formation info. If false, the 1745 * value in mesh formation is determined by the presence of root paths 1746 * in the mesh path table 1747 */ 1748 struct mesh_config { 1749 u16 dot11MeshRetryTimeout; 1750 u16 dot11MeshConfirmTimeout; 1751 u16 dot11MeshHoldingTimeout; 1752 u16 dot11MeshMaxPeerLinks; 1753 u8 dot11MeshMaxRetries; 1754 u8 dot11MeshTTL; 1755 u8 element_ttl; 1756 bool auto_open_plinks; 1757 u32 dot11MeshNbrOffsetMaxNeighbor; 1758 u8 dot11MeshHWMPmaxPREQretries; 1759 u32 path_refresh_time; 1760 u16 min_discovery_timeout; 1761 u32 dot11MeshHWMPactivePathTimeout; 1762 u16 dot11MeshHWMPpreqMinInterval; 1763 u16 dot11MeshHWMPperrMinInterval; 1764 u16 dot11MeshHWMPnetDiameterTraversalTime; 1765 u8 dot11MeshHWMPRootMode; 1766 bool dot11MeshConnectedToMeshGate; 1767 u16 dot11MeshHWMPRannInterval; 1768 bool dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol; 1769 bool dot11MeshForwarding; 1770 s32 rssi_threshold; 1771 u16 ht_opmode; 1772 u32 dot11MeshHWMPactivePathToRootTimeout; 1773 u16 dot11MeshHWMProotInterval; 1774 u16 dot11MeshHWMPconfirmationInterval; 1775 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode power_mode; 1776 u16 dot11MeshAwakeWindowDuration; 1777 u32 plink_timeout; 1778 }; 1779 1780 /** 1781 * struct mesh_setup - 802.11s mesh setup configuration 1782 * @chandef: defines the channel to use 1783 * @mesh_id: the mesh ID 1784 * @mesh_id_len: length of the mesh ID, at least 1 and at most 32 bytes 1785 * @sync_method: which synchronization method to use 1786 * @path_sel_proto: which path selection protocol to use 1787 * @path_metric: which metric to use 1788 * @auth_id: which authentication method this mesh is using 1789 * @ie: vendor information elements (optional) 1790 * @ie_len: length of vendor information elements 1791 * @is_authenticated: this mesh requires authentication 1792 * @is_secure: this mesh uses security 1793 * @user_mpm: userspace handles all MPM functions 1794 * @dtim_period: DTIM period to use 1795 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval to use 1796 * @mcast_rate: multicat rate for Mesh Node [6Mbps is the default for 802.11a] 1797 * @basic_rates: basic rates to use when creating the mesh 1798 * @beacon_rate: bitrate to be used for beacons 1799 * @userspace_handles_dfs: whether user space controls DFS operation, i.e. 1800 * changes the channel when a radar is detected. This is required 1801 * to operate on DFS channels. 1802 * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control 1803 * port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface. 1804 * 1805 * These parameters are fixed when the mesh is created. 1806 */ 1807 struct mesh_setup { 1808 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 1809 const u8 *mesh_id; 1810 u8 mesh_id_len; 1811 u8 sync_method; 1812 u8 path_sel_proto; 1813 u8 path_metric; 1814 u8 auth_id; 1815 const u8 *ie; 1816 u8 ie_len; 1817 bool is_authenticated; 1818 bool is_secure; 1819 bool user_mpm; 1820 u8 dtim_period; 1821 u16 beacon_interval; 1822 int mcast_rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 1823 u32 basic_rates; 1824 struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask beacon_rate; 1825 bool userspace_handles_dfs; 1826 bool control_port_over_nl80211; 1827 }; 1828 1829 /** 1830 * struct ocb_setup - 802.11p OCB mode setup configuration 1831 * @chandef: defines the channel to use 1832 * 1833 * These parameters are fixed when connecting to the network 1834 */ 1835 struct ocb_setup { 1836 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 1837 }; 1838 1839 /** 1840 * struct ieee80211_txq_params - TX queue parameters 1841 * @ac: AC identifier 1842 * @txop: Maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning disabled 1843 * @cwmin: Minimum contention window [a value of the form 2^n-1 in the range 1844 * 1..32767] 1845 * @cwmax: Maximum contention window [a value of the form 2^n-1 in the range 1846 * 1..32767] 1847 * @aifs: Arbitration interframe space [0..255] 1848 */ 1849 struct ieee80211_txq_params { 1850 enum nl80211_ac ac; 1851 u16 txop; 1852 u16 cwmin; 1853 u16 cwmax; 1854 u8 aifs; 1855 }; 1856 1857 /** 1858 * DOC: Scanning and BSS list handling 1859 * 1860 * The scanning process itself is fairly simple, but cfg80211 offers quite 1861 * a bit of helper functionality. To start a scan, the scan operation will 1862 * be invoked with a scan definition. This scan definition contains the 1863 * channels to scan, and the SSIDs to send probe requests for (including the 1864 * wildcard, if desired). A passive scan is indicated by having no SSIDs to 1865 * probe. Additionally, a scan request may contain extra information elements 1866 * that should be added to the probe request. The IEs are guaranteed to be 1867 * well-formed, and will not exceed the maximum length the driver advertised 1868 * in the wiphy structure. 1869 * 1870 * When scanning finds a BSS, cfg80211 needs to be notified of that, because 1871 * it is responsible for maintaining the BSS list; the driver should not 1872 * maintain a list itself. For this notification, various functions exist. 1873 * 1874 * Since drivers do not maintain a BSS list, there are also a number of 1875 * functions to search for a BSS and obtain information about it from the 1876 * BSS structure cfg80211 maintains. The BSS list is also made available 1877 * to userspace. 1878 */ 1879 1880 /** 1881 * struct cfg80211_ssid - SSID description 1882 * @ssid: the SSID 1883 * @ssid_len: length of the ssid 1884 */ 1885 struct cfg80211_ssid { 1886 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; 1887 u8 ssid_len; 1888 }; 1889 1890 /** 1891 * struct cfg80211_scan_info - information about completed scan 1892 * @scan_start_tsf: scan start time in terms of the TSF of the BSS that the 1893 * wireless device that requested the scan is connected to. If this 1894 * information is not available, this field is left zero. 1895 * @tsf_bssid: the BSSID according to which %scan_start_tsf is set. 1896 * @aborted: set to true if the scan was aborted for any reason, 1897 * userspace will be notified of that 1898 */ 1899 struct cfg80211_scan_info { 1900 u64 scan_start_tsf; 1901 u8 tsf_bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 1902 bool aborted; 1903 }; 1904 1905 /** 1906 * struct cfg80211_scan_request - scan request description 1907 * 1908 * @ssids: SSIDs to scan for (active scan only) 1909 * @n_ssids: number of SSIDs 1910 * @channels: channels to scan on. 1911 * @n_channels: total number of channels to scan 1912 * @scan_width: channel width for scanning 1913 * @ie: optional information element(s) to add into Probe Request or %NULL 1914 * @ie_len: length of ie in octets 1915 * @duration: how long to listen on each channel, in TUs. If 1916 * %duration_mandatory is not set, this is the maximum dwell time and 1917 * the actual dwell time may be shorter. 1918 * @duration_mandatory: if set, the scan duration must be as specified by the 1919 * %duration field. 1920 * @flags: bit field of flags controlling operation 1921 * @rates: bitmap of rates to advertise for each band 1922 * @wiphy: the wiphy this was for 1923 * @scan_start: time (in jiffies) when the scan started 1924 * @wdev: the wireless device to scan for 1925 * @info: (internal) information about completed scan 1926 * @notified: (internal) scan request was notified as done or aborted 1927 * @no_cck: used to send probe requests at non CCK rate in 2GHz band 1928 * @mac_addr: MAC address used with randomisation 1929 * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used with randomisation, bits that 1930 * are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should 1931 * be taken from the @mac_addr 1932 * @bssid: BSSID to scan for (most commonly, the wildcard BSSID) 1933 */ 1934 struct cfg80211_scan_request { 1935 struct cfg80211_ssid *ssids; 1936 int n_ssids; 1937 u32 n_channels; 1938 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width; 1939 const u8 *ie; 1940 size_t ie_len; 1941 u16 duration; 1942 bool duration_mandatory; 1943 u32 flags; 1944 1945 u32 rates[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 1946 1947 struct wireless_dev *wdev; 1948 1949 u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 1950 u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 1951 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 1952 1953 /* internal */ 1954 struct wiphy *wiphy; 1955 unsigned long scan_start; 1956 struct cfg80211_scan_info info; 1957 bool notified; 1958 bool no_cck; 1959 1960 /* keep last */ 1961 struct ieee80211_channel *channels[0]; 1962 }; 1963 1964 static inline void get_random_mask_addr(u8 *buf, const u8 *addr, const u8 *mask) 1965 { 1966 int i; 1967 1968 get_random_bytes(buf, ETH_ALEN); 1969 for (i = 0; i < ETH_ALEN; i++) { 1970 buf[i] &= ~mask[i]; 1971 buf[i] |= addr[i] & mask[i]; 1972 } 1973 } 1974 1975 /** 1976 * struct cfg80211_match_set - sets of attributes to match 1977 * 1978 * @ssid: SSID to be matched; may be zero-length in case of BSSID match 1979 * or no match (RSSI only) 1980 * @bssid: BSSID to be matched; may be all-zero BSSID in case of SSID match 1981 * or no match (RSSI only) 1982 * @rssi_thold: don't report scan results below this threshold (in s32 dBm) 1983 * @per_band_rssi_thold: Minimum rssi threshold for each band to be applied 1984 * for filtering out scan results received. Drivers advertize this support 1985 * of band specific rssi based filtering through the feature capability 1986 * %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_BAND_SPECIFIC_RSSI_THOLD. These band 1987 * specific rssi thresholds take precedence over rssi_thold, if specified. 1988 * If not specified for any band, it will be assigned with rssi_thold of 1989 * corresponding matchset. 1990 */ 1991 struct cfg80211_match_set { 1992 struct cfg80211_ssid ssid; 1993 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 1994 s32 rssi_thold; 1995 s32 per_band_rssi_thold[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 1996 }; 1997 1998 /** 1999 * struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan - scan plan for scheduled scan 2000 * 2001 * @interval: interval between scheduled scan iterations. In seconds. 2002 * @iterations: number of scan iterations in this scan plan. Zero means 2003 * infinite loop. 2004 * The last scan plan will always have this parameter set to zero, 2005 * all other scan plans will have a finite number of iterations. 2006 */ 2007 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan { 2008 u32 interval; 2009 u32 iterations; 2010 }; 2011 2012 /** 2013 * struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust - BSS selection with RSSI adjustment. 2014 * 2015 * @band: band of BSS which should match for RSSI level adjustment. 2016 * @delta: value of RSSI level adjustment. 2017 */ 2018 struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust { 2019 enum nl80211_band band; 2020 s8 delta; 2021 }; 2022 2023 /** 2024 * struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request - scheduled scan request description 2025 * 2026 * @reqid: identifies this request. 2027 * @ssids: SSIDs to scan for (passed in the probe_reqs in active scans) 2028 * @n_ssids: number of SSIDs 2029 * @n_channels: total number of channels to scan 2030 * @scan_width: channel width for scanning 2031 * @ie: optional information element(s) to add into Probe Request or %NULL 2032 * @ie_len: length of ie in octets 2033 * @flags: bit field of flags controlling operation 2034 * @match_sets: sets of parameters to be matched for a scan result 2035 * entry to be considered valid and to be passed to the host 2036 * (others are filtered out). 2037 * If ommited, all results are passed. 2038 * @n_match_sets: number of match sets 2039 * @report_results: indicates that results were reported for this request 2040 * @wiphy: the wiphy this was for 2041 * @dev: the interface 2042 * @scan_start: start time of the scheduled scan 2043 * @channels: channels to scan 2044 * @min_rssi_thold: for drivers only supporting a single threshold, this 2045 * contains the minimum over all matchsets 2046 * @mac_addr: MAC address used with randomisation 2047 * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used with randomisation, bits that 2048 * are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should 2049 * be taken from the @mac_addr 2050 * @scan_plans: scan plans to be executed in this scheduled scan. Lowest 2051 * index must be executed first. 2052 * @n_scan_plans: number of scan plans, at least 1. 2053 * @rcu_head: RCU callback used to free the struct 2054 * @owner_nlportid: netlink portid of owner (if this should is a request 2055 * owned by a particular socket) 2056 * @nl_owner_dead: netlink owner socket was closed - this request be freed 2057 * @list: for keeping list of requests. 2058 * @delay: delay in seconds to use before starting the first scan 2059 * cycle. The driver may ignore this parameter and start 2060 * immediately (or at any other time), if this feature is not 2061 * supported. 2062 * @relative_rssi_set: Indicates whether @relative_rssi is set or not. 2063 * @relative_rssi: Relative RSSI threshold in dB to restrict scan result 2064 * reporting in connected state to cases where a matching BSS is determined 2065 * to have better or slightly worse RSSI than the current connected BSS. 2066 * The relative RSSI threshold values are ignored in disconnected state. 2067 * @rssi_adjust: delta dB of RSSI preference to be given to the BSSs that belong 2068 * to the specified band while deciding whether a better BSS is reported 2069 * using @relative_rssi. If delta is a negative number, the BSSs that 2070 * belong to the specified band will be penalized by delta dB in relative 2071 * comparisions. 2072 */ 2073 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request { 2074 u64 reqid; 2075 struct cfg80211_ssid *ssids; 2076 int n_ssids; 2077 u32 n_channels; 2078 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width; 2079 const u8 *ie; 2080 size_t ie_len; 2081 u32 flags; 2082 struct cfg80211_match_set *match_sets; 2083 int n_match_sets; 2084 s32 min_rssi_thold; 2085 u32 delay; 2086 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan *scan_plans; 2087 int n_scan_plans; 2088 2089 u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2090 u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2091 2092 bool relative_rssi_set; 2093 s8 relative_rssi; 2094 struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust rssi_adjust; 2095 2096 /* internal */ 2097 struct wiphy *wiphy; 2098 struct net_device *dev; 2099 unsigned long scan_start; 2100 bool report_results; 2101 struct rcu_head rcu_head; 2102 u32 owner_nlportid; 2103 bool nl_owner_dead; 2104 struct list_head list; 2105 2106 /* keep last */ 2107 struct ieee80211_channel *channels[0]; 2108 }; 2109 2110 /** 2111 * enum cfg80211_signal_type - signal type 2112 * 2113 * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_NONE: no signal strength information available 2114 * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM: signal strength in mBm (100*dBm) 2115 * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_UNSPEC: signal strength, increasing from 0 through 100 2116 */ 2117 enum cfg80211_signal_type { 2118 CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_NONE, 2119 CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, 2120 CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_UNSPEC, 2121 }; 2122 2123 /** 2124 * struct cfg80211_inform_bss - BSS inform data 2125 * @chan: channel the frame was received on 2126 * @scan_width: scan width that was used 2127 * @signal: signal strength value, according to the wiphy's 2128 * signal type 2129 * @boottime_ns: timestamp (CLOCK_BOOTTIME) when the information was 2130 * received; should match the time when the frame was actually 2131 * received by the device (not just by the host, in case it was 2132 * buffered on the device) and be accurate to about 10ms. 2133 * If the frame isn't buffered, just passing the return value of 2134 * ktime_get_boottime_ns() is likely appropriate. 2135 * @parent_tsf: the time at the start of reception of the first octet of the 2136 * timestamp field of the frame. The time is the TSF of the BSS specified 2137 * by %parent_bssid. 2138 * @parent_bssid: the BSS according to which %parent_tsf is set. This is set to 2139 * the BSS that requested the scan in which the beacon/probe was received. 2140 * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal. 2141 * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received BSS in dBm. 2142 */ 2143 struct cfg80211_inform_bss { 2144 struct ieee80211_channel *chan; 2145 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width; 2146 s32 signal; 2147 u64 boottime_ns; 2148 u64 parent_tsf; 2149 u8 parent_bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2150 u8 chains; 2151 s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; 2152 }; 2153 2154 /** 2155 * struct cfg80211_bss_ies - BSS entry IE data 2156 * @tsf: TSF contained in the frame that carried these IEs 2157 * @rcu_head: internal use, for freeing 2158 * @len: length of the IEs 2159 * @from_beacon: these IEs are known to come from a beacon 2160 * @data: IE data 2161 */ 2162 struct cfg80211_bss_ies { 2163 u64 tsf; 2164 struct rcu_head rcu_head; 2165 int len; 2166 bool from_beacon; 2167 u8 data[]; 2168 }; 2169 2170 /** 2171 * struct cfg80211_bss - BSS description 2172 * 2173 * This structure describes a BSS (which may also be a mesh network) 2174 * for use in scan results and similar. 2175 * 2176 * @channel: channel this BSS is on 2177 * @scan_width: width of the control channel 2178 * @bssid: BSSID of the BSS 2179 * @beacon_interval: the beacon interval as from the frame 2180 * @capability: the capability field in host byte order 2181 * @ies: the information elements (Note that there is no guarantee that these 2182 * are well-formed!); this is a pointer to either the beacon_ies or 2183 * proberesp_ies depending on whether Probe Response frame has been 2184 * received. It is always non-%NULL. 2185 * @beacon_ies: the information elements from the last Beacon frame 2186 * (implementation note: if @hidden_beacon_bss is set this struct doesn't 2187 * own the beacon_ies, but they're just pointers to the ones from the 2188 * @hidden_beacon_bss struct) 2189 * @proberesp_ies: the information elements from the last Probe Response frame 2190 * @hidden_beacon_bss: in case this BSS struct represents a probe response from 2191 * a BSS that hides the SSID in its beacon, this points to the BSS struct 2192 * that holds the beacon data. @beacon_ies is still valid, of course, and 2193 * points to the same data as hidden_beacon_bss->beacon_ies in that case. 2194 * @transmitted_bss: pointer to the transmitted BSS, if this is a 2195 * non-transmitted one (multi-BSSID support) 2196 * @nontrans_list: list of non-transmitted BSS, if this is a transmitted one 2197 * (multi-BSSID support) 2198 * @signal: signal strength value (type depends on the wiphy's signal_type) 2199 * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal. 2200 * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received BSS in dBm. 2201 * @bssid_index: index in the multiple BSS set 2202 * @max_bssid_indicator: max number of members in the BSS set 2203 * @priv: private area for driver use, has at least wiphy->bss_priv_size bytes 2204 */ 2205 struct cfg80211_bss { 2206 struct ieee80211_channel *channel; 2207 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width; 2208 2209 const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *ies; 2210 const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *beacon_ies; 2211 const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *proberesp_ies; 2212 2213 struct cfg80211_bss *hidden_beacon_bss; 2214 struct cfg80211_bss *transmitted_bss; 2215 struct list_head nontrans_list; 2216 2217 s32 signal; 2218 2219 u16 beacon_interval; 2220 u16 capability; 2221 2222 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 2223 u8 chains; 2224 s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; 2225 2226 u8 bssid_index; 2227 u8 max_bssid_indicator; 2228 2229 u8 priv[0] __aligned(sizeof(void *)); 2230 }; 2231 2232 /** 2233 * ieee80211_bss_get_elem - find element with given ID 2234 * @bss: the bss to search 2235 * @id: the element ID 2236 * 2237 * Note that the return value is an RCU-protected pointer, so 2238 * rcu_read_lock() must be held when calling this function. 2239 * Return: %NULL if not found. 2240 */ 2241 const struct element *ieee80211_bss_get_elem(struct cfg80211_bss *bss, u8 id); 2242 2243 /** 2244 * ieee80211_bss_get_ie - find IE with given ID 2245 * @bss: the bss to search 2246 * @id: the element ID 2247 * 2248 * Note that the return value is an RCU-protected pointer, so 2249 * rcu_read_lock() must be held when calling this function. 2250 * Return: %NULL if not found. 2251 */ 2252 static inline const u8 *ieee80211_bss_get_ie(struct cfg80211_bss *bss, u8 id) 2253 { 2254 return (void *)ieee80211_bss_get_elem(bss, id); 2255 } 2256 2257 2258 /** 2259 * struct cfg80211_auth_request - Authentication request data 2260 * 2261 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 2262 * authentication. 2263 * 2264 * @bss: The BSS to authenticate with, the callee must obtain a reference 2265 * to it if it needs to keep it. 2266 * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm) 2267 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Authentication frame or %NULL 2268 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets 2269 * @key_len: length of WEP key for shared key authentication 2270 * @key_idx: index of WEP key for shared key authentication 2271 * @key: WEP key for shared key authentication 2272 * @auth_data: Fields and elements in Authentication frames. This contains 2273 * the authentication frame body (non-IE and IE data), excluding the 2274 * Authentication algorithm number, i.e., starting at the Authentication 2275 * transaction sequence number field. 2276 * @auth_data_len: Length of auth_data buffer in octets 2277 */ 2278 struct cfg80211_auth_request { 2279 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 2280 const u8 *ie; 2281 size_t ie_len; 2282 enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type; 2283 const u8 *key; 2284 u8 key_len, key_idx; 2285 const u8 *auth_data; 2286 size_t auth_data_len; 2287 }; 2288 2289 /** 2290 * enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags - Over-ride default behaviour in association. 2291 * 2292 * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HT: Disable HT (802.11n) 2293 * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_VHT: Disable VHT 2294 * @ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM: Declare RRM capability in this association 2295 * @CONNECT_REQ_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: User space indicates external 2296 * authentication capability. Drivers can offload authentication to 2297 * userspace if this flag is set. Only applicable for cfg80211_connect() 2298 * request (connect callback). 2299 */ 2300 enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags { 2301 ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HT = BIT(0), 2302 ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_VHT = BIT(1), 2303 ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM = BIT(2), 2304 CONNECT_REQ_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT = BIT(3), 2305 }; 2306 2307 /** 2308 * struct cfg80211_assoc_request - (Re)Association request data 2309 * 2310 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 2311 * (re)association. 2312 * @bss: The BSS to associate with. If the call is successful the driver is 2313 * given a reference that it must give back to cfg80211_send_rx_assoc() 2314 * or to cfg80211_assoc_timeout(). To ensure proper refcounting, new 2315 * association requests while already associating must be rejected. 2316 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to (Re)Association Request frame or %NULL 2317 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets 2318 * @use_mfp: Use management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) in this association 2319 * @crypto: crypto settings 2320 * @prev_bssid: previous BSSID, if not %NULL use reassociate frame. This is used 2321 * to indicate a request to reassociate within the ESS instead of a request 2322 * do the initial association with the ESS. When included, this is set to 2323 * the BSSID of the current association, i.e., to the value that is 2324 * included in the Current AP address field of the Reassociation Request 2325 * frame. 2326 * @flags: See &enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags 2327 * @ht_capa: HT Capabilities over-rides. Values set in ht_capa_mask 2328 * will be used in ht_capa. Un-supported values will be ignored. 2329 * @ht_capa_mask: The bits of ht_capa which are to be used. 2330 * @vht_capa: VHT capability override 2331 * @vht_capa_mask: VHT capability mask indicating which fields to use 2332 * @fils_kek: FILS KEK for protecting (Re)Association Request/Response frame or 2333 * %NULL if FILS is not used. 2334 * @fils_kek_len: Length of fils_kek in octets 2335 * @fils_nonces: FILS nonces (part of AAD) for protecting (Re)Association 2336 * Request/Response frame or %NULL if FILS is not used. This field starts 2337 * with 16 octets of STA Nonce followed by 16 octets of AP Nonce. 2338 */ 2339 struct cfg80211_assoc_request { 2340 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 2341 const u8 *ie, *prev_bssid; 2342 size_t ie_len; 2343 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto; 2344 bool use_mfp; 2345 u32 flags; 2346 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa; 2347 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask; 2348 struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa, vht_capa_mask; 2349 const u8 *fils_kek; 2350 size_t fils_kek_len; 2351 const u8 *fils_nonces; 2352 }; 2353 2354 /** 2355 * struct cfg80211_deauth_request - Deauthentication request data 2356 * 2357 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 2358 * deauthentication. 2359 * 2360 * @bssid: the BSSID of the BSS to deauthenticate from 2361 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Deauthentication frame or %NULL 2362 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets 2363 * @reason_code: The reason code for the deauthentication 2364 * @local_state_change: if set, change local state only and 2365 * do not set a deauth frame 2366 */ 2367 struct cfg80211_deauth_request { 2368 const u8 *bssid; 2369 const u8 *ie; 2370 size_t ie_len; 2371 u16 reason_code; 2372 bool local_state_change; 2373 }; 2374 2375 /** 2376 * struct cfg80211_disassoc_request - Disassociation request data 2377 * 2378 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 2379 * disassociation. 2380 * 2381 * @bss: the BSS to disassociate from 2382 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Disassociation frame or %NULL 2383 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets 2384 * @reason_code: The reason code for the disassociation 2385 * @local_state_change: This is a request for a local state only, i.e., no 2386 * Disassociation frame is to be transmitted. 2387 */ 2388 struct cfg80211_disassoc_request { 2389 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 2390 const u8 *ie; 2391 size_t ie_len; 2392 u16 reason_code; 2393 bool local_state_change; 2394 }; 2395 2396 /** 2397 * struct cfg80211_ibss_params - IBSS parameters 2398 * 2399 * This structure defines the IBSS parameters for the join_ibss() 2400 * method. 2401 * 2402 * @ssid: The SSID, will always be non-null. 2403 * @ssid_len: The length of the SSID, will always be non-zero. 2404 * @bssid: Fixed BSSID requested, maybe be %NULL, if set do not 2405 * search for IBSSs with a different BSSID. 2406 * @chandef: defines the channel to use if no other IBSS to join can be found 2407 * @channel_fixed: The channel should be fixed -- do not search for 2408 * IBSSs to join on other channels. 2409 * @ie: information element(s) to include in the beacon 2410 * @ie_len: length of that 2411 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval to use 2412 * @privacy: this is a protected network, keys will be configured 2413 * after joining 2414 * @control_port: whether user space controls IEEE 802.1X port, i.e., 2415 * sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED. If true, the driver is 2416 * required to assume that the port is unauthorized until authorized by 2417 * user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by default. 2418 * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control 2419 * port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface. 2420 * @userspace_handles_dfs: whether user space controls DFS operation, i.e. 2421 * changes the channel when a radar is detected. This is required 2422 * to operate on DFS channels. 2423 * @basic_rates: bitmap of basic rates to use when creating the IBSS 2424 * @mcast_rate: per-band multicast rate index + 1 (0: disabled) 2425 * @ht_capa: HT Capabilities over-rides. Values set in ht_capa_mask 2426 * will be used in ht_capa. Un-supported values will be ignored. 2427 * @ht_capa_mask: The bits of ht_capa which are to be used. 2428 * @wep_keys: static WEP keys, if not NULL points to an array of 2429 * CFG80211_MAX_WEP_KEYS WEP keys 2430 * @wep_tx_key: key index (0..3) of the default TX static WEP key 2431 */ 2432 struct cfg80211_ibss_params { 2433 const u8 *ssid; 2434 const u8 *bssid; 2435 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 2436 const u8 *ie; 2437 u8 ssid_len, ie_len; 2438 u16 beacon_interval; 2439 u32 basic_rates; 2440 bool channel_fixed; 2441 bool privacy; 2442 bool control_port; 2443 bool control_port_over_nl80211; 2444 bool userspace_handles_dfs; 2445 int mcast_rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 2446 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa; 2447 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask; 2448 struct key_params *wep_keys; 2449 int wep_tx_key; 2450 }; 2451 2452 /** 2453 * struct cfg80211_bss_selection - connection parameters for BSS selection. 2454 * 2455 * @behaviour: requested BSS selection behaviour. 2456 * @param: parameters for requestion behaviour. 2457 * @band_pref: preferred band for %NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF. 2458 * @adjust: parameters for %NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST. 2459 */ 2460 struct cfg80211_bss_selection { 2461 enum nl80211_bss_select_attr behaviour; 2462 union { 2463 enum nl80211_band band_pref; 2464 struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust adjust; 2465 } param; 2466 }; 2467 2468 /** 2469 * struct cfg80211_connect_params - Connection parameters 2470 * 2471 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 2472 * authentication and association. 2473 * 2474 * @channel: The channel to use or %NULL if not specified (auto-select based 2475 * on scan results) 2476 * @channel_hint: The channel of the recommended BSS for initial connection or 2477 * %NULL if not specified 2478 * @bssid: The AP BSSID or %NULL if not specified (auto-select based on scan 2479 * results) 2480 * @bssid_hint: The recommended AP BSSID for initial connection to the BSS or 2481 * %NULL if not specified. Unlike the @bssid parameter, the driver is 2482 * allowed to ignore this @bssid_hint if it has knowledge of a better BSS 2483 * to use. 2484 * @ssid: SSID 2485 * @ssid_len: Length of ssid in octets 2486 * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm) 2487 * @ie: IEs for association request 2488 * @ie_len: Length of assoc_ie in octets 2489 * @privacy: indicates whether privacy-enabled APs should be used 2490 * @mfp: indicate whether management frame protection is used 2491 * @crypto: crypto settings 2492 * @key_len: length of WEP key for shared key authentication 2493 * @key_idx: index of WEP key for shared key authentication 2494 * @key: WEP key for shared key authentication 2495 * @flags: See &enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags 2496 * @bg_scan_period: Background scan period in seconds 2497 * or -1 to indicate that default value is to be used. 2498 * @ht_capa: HT Capabilities over-rides. Values set in ht_capa_mask 2499 * will be used in ht_capa. Un-supported values will be ignored. 2500 * @ht_capa_mask: The bits of ht_capa which are to be used. 2501 * @vht_capa: VHT Capability overrides 2502 * @vht_capa_mask: The bits of vht_capa which are to be used. 2503 * @pbss: if set, connect to a PCP instead of AP. Valid for DMG 2504 * networks. 2505 * @bss_select: criteria to be used for BSS selection. 2506 * @prev_bssid: previous BSSID, if not %NULL use reassociate frame. This is used 2507 * to indicate a request to reassociate within the ESS instead of a request 2508 * do the initial association with the ESS. When included, this is set to 2509 * the BSSID of the current association, i.e., to the value that is 2510 * included in the Current AP address field of the Reassociation Request 2511 * frame. 2512 * @fils_erp_username: EAP re-authentication protocol (ERP) username part of the 2513 * NAI or %NULL if not specified. This is used to construct FILS wrapped 2514 * data IE. 2515 * @fils_erp_username_len: Length of @fils_erp_username in octets. 2516 * @fils_erp_realm: EAP re-authentication protocol (ERP) realm part of NAI or 2517 * %NULL if not specified. This specifies the domain name of ER server and 2518 * is used to construct FILS wrapped data IE. 2519 * @fils_erp_realm_len: Length of @fils_erp_realm in octets. 2520 * @fils_erp_next_seq_num: The next sequence number to use in the FILS ERP 2521 * messages. This is also used to construct FILS wrapped data IE. 2522 * @fils_erp_rrk: ERP re-authentication Root Key (rRK) used to derive additional 2523 * keys in FILS or %NULL if not specified. 2524 * @fils_erp_rrk_len: Length of @fils_erp_rrk in octets. 2525 * @want_1x: indicates user-space supports and wants to use 802.1X driver 2526 * offload of 4-way handshake. 2527 * @edmg: define the EDMG channels. 2528 * This may specify multiple channels and bonding options for the driver 2529 * to choose from, based on BSS configuration. 2530 */ 2531 struct cfg80211_connect_params { 2532 struct ieee80211_channel *channel; 2533 struct ieee80211_channel *channel_hint; 2534 const u8 *bssid; 2535 const u8 *bssid_hint; 2536 const u8 *ssid; 2537 size_t ssid_len; 2538 enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type; 2539 const u8 *ie; 2540 size_t ie_len; 2541 bool privacy; 2542 enum nl80211_mfp mfp; 2543 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto; 2544 const u8 *key; 2545 u8 key_len, key_idx; 2546 u32 flags; 2547 int bg_scan_period; 2548 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa; 2549 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask; 2550 struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa; 2551 struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa_mask; 2552 bool pbss; 2553 struct cfg80211_bss_selection bss_select; 2554 const u8 *prev_bssid; 2555 const u8 *fils_erp_username; 2556 size_t fils_erp_username_len; 2557 const u8 *fils_erp_realm; 2558 size_t fils_erp_realm_len; 2559 u16 fils_erp_next_seq_num; 2560 const u8 *fils_erp_rrk; 2561 size_t fils_erp_rrk_len; 2562 bool want_1x; 2563 struct ieee80211_edmg edmg; 2564 }; 2565 2566 /** 2567 * enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed - Connection parameters being updated 2568 * 2569 * This enum provides information of all connect parameters that 2570 * have to be updated as part of update_connect_params() call. 2571 * 2572 * @UPDATE_ASSOC_IES: Indicates whether association request IEs are updated 2573 * @UPDATE_FILS_ERP_INFO: Indicates that FILS connection parameters (realm, 2574 * username, erp sequence number and rrk) are updated 2575 * @UPDATE_AUTH_TYPE: Indicates that authentication type is updated 2576 */ 2577 enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed { 2578 UPDATE_ASSOC_IES = BIT(0), 2579 UPDATE_FILS_ERP_INFO = BIT(1), 2580 UPDATE_AUTH_TYPE = BIT(2), 2581 }; 2582 2583 /** 2584 * enum wiphy_params_flags - set_wiphy_params bitfield values 2585 * @WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_SHORT: wiphy->retry_short has changed 2586 * @WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_LONG: wiphy->retry_long has changed 2587 * @WIPHY_PARAM_FRAG_THRESHOLD: wiphy->frag_threshold has changed 2588 * @WIPHY_PARAM_RTS_THRESHOLD: wiphy->rts_threshold has changed 2589 * @WIPHY_PARAM_COVERAGE_CLASS: coverage class changed 2590 * @WIPHY_PARAM_DYN_ACK: dynack has been enabled 2591 * @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_LIMIT: TXQ packet limit has been changed 2592 * @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT: TXQ memory limit has been changed 2593 * @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_QUANTUM: TXQ scheduler quantum 2594 */ 2595 enum wiphy_params_flags { 2596 WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_SHORT = 1 << 0, 2597 WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_LONG = 1 << 1, 2598 WIPHY_PARAM_FRAG_THRESHOLD = 1 << 2, 2599 WIPHY_PARAM_RTS_THRESHOLD = 1 << 3, 2600 WIPHY_PARAM_COVERAGE_CLASS = 1 << 4, 2601 WIPHY_PARAM_DYN_ACK = 1 << 5, 2602 WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_LIMIT = 1 << 6, 2603 WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT = 1 << 7, 2604 WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_QUANTUM = 1 << 8, 2605 }; 2606 2607 #define IEEE80211_DEFAULT_AIRTIME_WEIGHT 256 2608 2609 /** 2610 * struct cfg80211_pmksa - PMK Security Association 2611 * 2612 * This structure is passed to the set/del_pmksa() method for PMKSA 2613 * caching. 2614 * 2615 * @bssid: The AP's BSSID (may be %NULL). 2616 * @pmkid: The identifier to refer a PMKSA. 2617 * @pmk: The PMK for the PMKSA identified by @pmkid. This is used for key 2618 * derivation by a FILS STA. Otherwise, %NULL. 2619 * @pmk_len: Length of the @pmk. The length of @pmk can differ depending on 2620 * the hash algorithm used to generate this. 2621 * @ssid: SSID to specify the ESS within which a PMKSA is valid when using FILS 2622 * cache identifier (may be %NULL). 2623 * @ssid_len: Length of the @ssid in octets. 2624 * @cache_id: 2-octet cache identifier advertized by a FILS AP identifying the 2625 * scope of PMKSA. This is valid only if @ssid_len is non-zero (may be 2626 * %NULL). 2627 */ 2628 struct cfg80211_pmksa { 2629 const u8 *bssid; 2630 const u8 *pmkid; 2631 const u8 *pmk; 2632 size_t pmk_len; 2633 const u8 *ssid; 2634 size_t ssid_len; 2635 const u8 *cache_id; 2636 }; 2637 2638 /** 2639 * struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern - packet pattern 2640 * @mask: bitmask where to match pattern and where to ignore bytes, 2641 * one bit per byte, in same format as nl80211 2642 * @pattern: bytes to match where bitmask is 1 2643 * @pattern_len: length of pattern (in bytes) 2644 * @pkt_offset: packet offset (in bytes) 2645 * 2646 * Internal note: @mask and @pattern are allocated in one chunk of 2647 * memory, free @mask only! 2648 */ 2649 struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern { 2650 const u8 *mask, *pattern; 2651 int pattern_len; 2652 int pkt_offset; 2653 }; 2654 2655 /** 2656 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp - TCP connection parameters 2657 * 2658 * @sock: (internal) socket for source port allocation 2659 * @src: source IP address 2660 * @dst: destination IP address 2661 * @dst_mac: destination MAC address 2662 * @src_port: source port 2663 * @dst_port: destination port 2664 * @payload_len: data payload length 2665 * @payload: data payload buffer 2666 * @payload_seq: payload sequence stamping configuration 2667 * @data_interval: interval at which to send data packets 2668 * @wake_len: wakeup payload match length 2669 * @wake_data: wakeup payload match data 2670 * @wake_mask: wakeup payload match mask 2671 * @tokens_size: length of the tokens buffer 2672 * @payload_tok: payload token usage configuration 2673 */ 2674 struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp { 2675 struct socket *sock; 2676 __be32 src, dst; 2677 u16 src_port, dst_port; 2678 u8 dst_mac[ETH_ALEN]; 2679 int payload_len; 2680 const u8 *payload; 2681 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq payload_seq; 2682 u32 data_interval; 2683 u32 wake_len; 2684 const u8 *wake_data, *wake_mask; 2685 u32 tokens_size; 2686 /* must be last, variable member */ 2687 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token payload_tok; 2688 }; 2689 2690 /** 2691 * struct cfg80211_wowlan - Wake on Wireless-LAN support info 2692 * 2693 * This structure defines the enabled WoWLAN triggers for the device. 2694 * @any: wake up on any activity -- special trigger if device continues 2695 * operating as normal during suspend 2696 * @disconnect: wake up if getting disconnected 2697 * @magic_pkt: wake up on receiving magic packet 2698 * @patterns: wake up on receiving packet matching a pattern 2699 * @n_patterns: number of patterns 2700 * @gtk_rekey_failure: wake up on GTK rekey failure 2701 * @eap_identity_req: wake up on EAP identity request packet 2702 * @four_way_handshake: wake up on 4-way handshake 2703 * @rfkill_release: wake up when rfkill is released 2704 * @tcp: TCP connection establishment/wakeup parameters, see nl80211.h. 2705 * NULL if not configured. 2706 * @nd_config: configuration for the scan to be used for net detect wake. 2707 */ 2708 struct cfg80211_wowlan { 2709 bool any, disconnect, magic_pkt, gtk_rekey_failure, 2710 eap_identity_req, four_way_handshake, 2711 rfkill_release; 2712 struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern *patterns; 2713 struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp *tcp; 2714 int n_patterns; 2715 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request *nd_config; 2716 }; 2717 2718 /** 2719 * struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules - Coalesce rule parameters 2720 * 2721 * This structure defines coalesce rule for the device. 2722 * @delay: maximum coalescing delay in msecs. 2723 * @condition: condition for packet coalescence. 2724 * see &enum nl80211_coalesce_condition. 2725 * @patterns: array of packet patterns 2726 * @n_patterns: number of patterns 2727 */ 2728 struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules { 2729 int delay; 2730 enum nl80211_coalesce_condition condition; 2731 struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern *patterns; 2732 int n_patterns; 2733 }; 2734 2735 /** 2736 * struct cfg80211_coalesce - Packet coalescing settings 2737 * 2738 * This structure defines coalescing settings. 2739 * @rules: array of coalesce rules 2740 * @n_rules: number of rules 2741 */ 2742 struct cfg80211_coalesce { 2743 struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules *rules; 2744 int n_rules; 2745 }; 2746 2747 /** 2748 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match - information about the match 2749 * 2750 * @ssid: SSID of the match that triggered the wake up 2751 * @n_channels: Number of channels where the match occurred. This 2752 * value may be zero if the driver can't report the channels. 2753 * @channels: center frequencies of the channels where a match 2754 * occurred (in MHz) 2755 */ 2756 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match { 2757 struct cfg80211_ssid ssid; 2758 int n_channels; 2759 u32 channels[]; 2760 }; 2761 2762 /** 2763 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info - net detect wake up information 2764 * 2765 * @n_matches: Number of match information instances provided in 2766 * @matches. This value may be zero if the driver can't provide 2767 * match information. 2768 * @matches: Array of pointers to matches containing information about 2769 * the matches that triggered the wake up. 2770 */ 2771 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info { 2772 int n_matches; 2773 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match *matches[]; 2774 }; 2775 2776 /** 2777 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup - wakeup report 2778 * @disconnect: woke up by getting disconnected 2779 * @magic_pkt: woke up by receiving magic packet 2780 * @gtk_rekey_failure: woke up by GTK rekey failure 2781 * @eap_identity_req: woke up by EAP identity request packet 2782 * @four_way_handshake: woke up by 4-way handshake 2783 * @rfkill_release: woke up by rfkill being released 2784 * @pattern_idx: pattern that caused wakeup, -1 if not due to pattern 2785 * @packet_present_len: copied wakeup packet data 2786 * @packet_len: original wakeup packet length 2787 * @packet: The packet causing the wakeup, if any. 2788 * @packet_80211: For pattern match, magic packet and other data 2789 * frame triggers an 802.3 frame should be reported, for 2790 * disconnect due to deauth 802.11 frame. This indicates which 2791 * it is. 2792 * @tcp_match: TCP wakeup packet received 2793 * @tcp_connlost: TCP connection lost or failed to establish 2794 * @tcp_nomoretokens: TCP data ran out of tokens 2795 * @net_detect: if not %NULL, woke up because of net detect 2796 */ 2797 struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup { 2798 bool disconnect, magic_pkt, gtk_rekey_failure, 2799 eap_identity_req, four_way_handshake, 2800 rfkill_release, packet_80211, 2801 tcp_match, tcp_connlost, tcp_nomoretokens; 2802 s32 pattern_idx; 2803 u32 packet_present_len, packet_len; 2804 const void *packet; 2805 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info *net_detect; 2806 }; 2807 2808 /** 2809 * struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data - rekey data 2810 * @kek: key encryption key (NL80211_KEK_LEN bytes) 2811 * @kck: key confirmation key (NL80211_KCK_LEN bytes) 2812 * @replay_ctr: replay counter (NL80211_REPLAY_CTR_LEN bytes) 2813 */ 2814 struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data { 2815 const u8 *kek, *kck, *replay_ctr; 2816 }; 2817 2818 /** 2819 * struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params - FT IE Information 2820 * 2821 * This structure provides information needed to update the fast transition IE 2822 * 2823 * @md: The Mobility Domain ID, 2 Octet value 2824 * @ie: Fast Transition IEs 2825 * @ie_len: Length of ft_ie in octets 2826 */ 2827 struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params { 2828 u16 md; 2829 const u8 *ie; 2830 size_t ie_len; 2831 }; 2832 2833 /** 2834 * struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params - mgmt tx parameters 2835 * 2836 * This structure provides information needed to transmit a mgmt frame 2837 * 2838 * @chan: channel to use 2839 * @offchan: indicates wether off channel operation is required 2840 * @wait: duration for ROC 2841 * @buf: buffer to transmit 2842 * @len: buffer length 2843 * @no_cck: don't use cck rates for this frame 2844 * @dont_wait_for_ack: tells the low level not to wait for an ack 2845 * @n_csa_offsets: length of csa_offsets array 2846 * @csa_offsets: array of all the csa offsets in the frame 2847 */ 2848 struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params { 2849 struct ieee80211_channel *chan; 2850 bool offchan; 2851 unsigned int wait; 2852 const u8 *buf; 2853 size_t len; 2854 bool no_cck; 2855 bool dont_wait_for_ack; 2856 int n_csa_offsets; 2857 const u16 *csa_offsets; 2858 }; 2859 2860 /** 2861 * struct cfg80211_dscp_exception - DSCP exception 2862 * 2863 * @dscp: DSCP value that does not adhere to the user priority range definition 2864 * @up: user priority value to which the corresponding DSCP value belongs 2865 */ 2866 struct cfg80211_dscp_exception { 2867 u8 dscp; 2868 u8 up; 2869 }; 2870 2871 /** 2872 * struct cfg80211_dscp_range - DSCP range definition for user priority 2873 * 2874 * @low: lowest DSCP value of this user priority range, inclusive 2875 * @high: highest DSCP value of this user priority range, inclusive 2876 */ 2877 struct cfg80211_dscp_range { 2878 u8 low; 2879 u8 high; 2880 }; 2881 2882 /* QoS Map Set element length defined in IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 8.4.2.97 */ 2883 #define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX 21 2884 #define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MIN 16 2885 #define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MAX \ 2886 (IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MIN + 2 * IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX) 2887 2888 /** 2889 * struct cfg80211_qos_map - QoS Map Information 2890 * 2891 * This struct defines the Interworking QoS map setting for DSCP values 2892 * 2893 * @num_des: number of DSCP exceptions (0..21) 2894 * @dscp_exception: optionally up to maximum of 21 DSCP exceptions from 2895 * the user priority DSCP range definition 2896 * @up: DSCP range definition for a particular user priority 2897 */ 2898 struct cfg80211_qos_map { 2899 u8 num_des; 2900 struct cfg80211_dscp_exception dscp_exception[IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX]; 2901 struct cfg80211_dscp_range up[8]; 2902 }; 2903 2904 /** 2905 * struct cfg80211_nan_conf - NAN configuration 2906 * 2907 * This struct defines NAN configuration parameters 2908 * 2909 * @master_pref: master preference (1 - 255) 2910 * @bands: operating bands, a bitmap of &enum nl80211_band values. 2911 * For instance, for NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0 would be set 2912 * (i.e. BIT(NL80211_BAND_2GHZ)). 2913 */ 2914 struct cfg80211_nan_conf { 2915 u8 master_pref; 2916 u8 bands; 2917 }; 2918 2919 /** 2920 * enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes - indicates changed fields in NAN 2921 * configuration 2922 * 2923 * @CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_PREF: master preference 2924 * @CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_BANDS: operating bands 2925 */ 2926 enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes { 2927 CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_PREF = BIT(0), 2928 CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_BANDS = BIT(1), 2929 }; 2930 2931 /** 2932 * struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter - a NAN function Rx / Tx filter 2933 * 2934 * @filter: the content of the filter 2935 * @len: the length of the filter 2936 */ 2937 struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter { 2938 const u8 *filter; 2939 u8 len; 2940 }; 2941 2942 /** 2943 * struct cfg80211_nan_func - a NAN function 2944 * 2945 * @type: &enum nl80211_nan_function_type 2946 * @service_id: the service ID of the function 2947 * @publish_type: &nl80211_nan_publish_type 2948 * @close_range: if true, the range should be limited. Threshold is 2949 * implementation specific. 2950 * @publish_bcast: if true, the solicited publish should be broadcasted 2951 * @subscribe_active: if true, the subscribe is active 2952 * @followup_id: the instance ID for follow up 2953 * @followup_reqid: the requestor instance ID for follow up 2954 * @followup_dest: MAC address of the recipient of the follow up 2955 * @ttl: time to live counter in DW. 2956 * @serv_spec_info: Service Specific Info 2957 * @serv_spec_info_len: Service Specific Info length 2958 * @srf_include: if true, SRF is inclusive 2959 * @srf_bf: Bloom Filter 2960 * @srf_bf_len: Bloom Filter length 2961 * @srf_bf_idx: Bloom Filter index 2962 * @srf_macs: SRF MAC addresses 2963 * @srf_num_macs: number of MAC addresses in SRF 2964 * @rx_filters: rx filters that are matched with corresponding peer's tx_filter 2965 * @tx_filters: filters that should be transmitted in the SDF. 2966 * @num_rx_filters: length of &rx_filters. 2967 * @num_tx_filters: length of &tx_filters. 2968 * @instance_id: driver allocated id of the function. 2969 * @cookie: unique NAN function identifier. 2970 */ 2971 struct cfg80211_nan_func { 2972 enum nl80211_nan_function_type type; 2973 u8 service_id[NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID_LEN]; 2974 u8 publish_type; 2975 bool close_range; 2976 bool publish_bcast; 2977 bool subscribe_active; 2978 u8 followup_id; 2979 u8 followup_reqid; 2980 struct mac_address followup_dest; 2981 u32 ttl; 2982 const u8 *serv_spec_info; 2983 u8 serv_spec_info_len; 2984 bool srf_include; 2985 const u8 *srf_bf; 2986 u8 srf_bf_len; 2987 u8 srf_bf_idx; 2988 struct mac_address *srf_macs; 2989 int srf_num_macs; 2990 struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter *rx_filters; 2991 struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter *tx_filters; 2992 u8 num_tx_filters; 2993 u8 num_rx_filters; 2994 u8 instance_id; 2995 u64 cookie; 2996 }; 2997 2998 /** 2999 * struct cfg80211_pmk_conf - PMK configuration 3000 * 3001 * @aa: authenticator address 3002 * @pmk_len: PMK length in bytes. 3003 * @pmk: the PMK material 3004 * @pmk_r0_name: PMK-R0 Name. NULL if not applicable (i.e., the PMK 3005 * is not PMK-R0). When pmk_r0_name is not NULL, the pmk field 3006 * holds PMK-R0. 3007 */ 3008 struct cfg80211_pmk_conf { 3009 const u8 *aa; 3010 u8 pmk_len; 3011 const u8 *pmk; 3012 const u8 *pmk_r0_name; 3013 }; 3014 3015 /** 3016 * struct cfg80211_external_auth_params - Trigger External authentication. 3017 * 3018 * Commonly used across the external auth request and event interfaces. 3019 * 3020 * @action: action type / trigger for external authentication. Only significant 3021 * for the authentication request event interface (driver to user space). 3022 * @bssid: BSSID of the peer with which the authentication has 3023 * to happen. Used by both the authentication request event and 3024 * authentication response command interface. 3025 * @ssid: SSID of the AP. Used by both the authentication request event and 3026 * authentication response command interface. 3027 * @key_mgmt_suite: AKM suite of the respective authentication. Used by the 3028 * authentication request event interface. 3029 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful authentication, 3030 * use %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if user space cannot give you 3031 * the real status code for failures. Used only for the authentication 3032 * response command interface (user space to driver). 3033 * @pmkid: The identifier to refer a PMKSA. 3034 */ 3035 struct cfg80211_external_auth_params { 3036 enum nl80211_external_auth_action action; 3037 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 3038 struct cfg80211_ssid ssid; 3039 unsigned int key_mgmt_suite; 3040 u16 status; 3041 const u8 *pmkid; 3042 }; 3043 3044 /** 3045 * struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats - FTM responder statistics 3046 * 3047 * @filled: bitflag of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_ftm_stats to 3048 * indicate the relevant values in this struct for them 3049 * @success_num: number of FTM sessions in which all frames were successfully 3050 * answered 3051 * @partial_num: number of FTM sessions in which part of frames were 3052 * successfully answered 3053 * @failed_num: number of failed FTM sessions 3054 * @asap_num: number of ASAP FTM sessions 3055 * @non_asap_num: number of non-ASAP FTM sessions 3056 * @total_duration_ms: total sessions durations - gives an indication 3057 * of how much time the responder was busy 3058 * @unknown_triggers_num: number of unknown FTM triggers - triggers from 3059 * initiators that didn't finish successfully the negotiation phase with 3060 * the responder 3061 * @reschedule_requests_num: number of FTM reschedule requests - initiator asks 3062 * for a new scheduling although it already has scheduled FTM slot 3063 * @out_of_window_triggers_num: total FTM triggers out of scheduled window 3064 */ 3065 struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats { 3066 u32 filled; 3067 u32 success_num; 3068 u32 partial_num; 3069 u32 failed_num; 3070 u32 asap_num; 3071 u32 non_asap_num; 3072 u64 total_duration_ms; 3073 u32 unknown_triggers_num; 3074 u32 reschedule_requests_num; 3075 u32 out_of_window_triggers_num; 3076 }; 3077 3078 /** 3079 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result - FTM result 3080 * @failure_reason: if this measurement failed (PMSR status is 3081 * %NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE), this gives a more precise 3082 * reason than just "failure" 3083 * @burst_index: if reporting partial results, this is the index 3084 * in [0 .. num_bursts-1] of the burst that's being reported 3085 * @num_ftmr_attempts: number of FTM request frames transmitted 3086 * @num_ftmr_successes: number of FTM request frames acked 3087 * @busy_retry_time: if failure_reason is %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY, 3088 * fill this to indicate in how many seconds a retry is deemed possible 3089 * by the responder 3090 * @num_bursts_exp: actual number of bursts exponent negotiated 3091 * @burst_duration: actual burst duration negotiated 3092 * @ftms_per_burst: actual FTMs per burst negotiated 3093 * @lci_len: length of LCI information (if present) 3094 * @civicloc_len: length of civic location information (if present) 3095 * @lci: LCI data (may be %NULL) 3096 * @civicloc: civic location data (may be %NULL) 3097 * @rssi_avg: average RSSI over FTM action frames reported 3098 * @rssi_spread: spread of the RSSI over FTM action frames reported 3099 * @tx_rate: bitrate for transmitted FTM action frame response 3100 * @rx_rate: bitrate of received FTM action frame 3101 * @rtt_avg: average of RTTs measured (must have either this or @dist_avg) 3102 * @rtt_variance: variance of RTTs measured (note that standard deviation is 3103 * the square root of the variance) 3104 * @rtt_spread: spread of the RTTs measured 3105 * @dist_avg: average of distances (mm) measured 3106 * (must have either this or @rtt_avg) 3107 * @dist_variance: variance of distances measured (see also @rtt_variance) 3108 * @dist_spread: spread of distances measured (see also @rtt_spread) 3109 * @num_ftmr_attempts_valid: @num_ftmr_attempts is valid 3110 * @num_ftmr_successes_valid: @num_ftmr_successes is valid 3111 * @rssi_avg_valid: @rssi_avg is valid 3112 * @rssi_spread_valid: @rssi_spread is valid 3113 * @tx_rate_valid: @tx_rate is valid 3114 * @rx_rate_valid: @rx_rate is valid 3115 * @rtt_avg_valid: @rtt_avg is valid 3116 * @rtt_variance_valid: @rtt_variance is valid 3117 * @rtt_spread_valid: @rtt_spread is valid 3118 * @dist_avg_valid: @dist_avg is valid 3119 * @dist_variance_valid: @dist_variance is valid 3120 * @dist_spread_valid: @dist_spread is valid 3121 */ 3122 struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result { 3123 const u8 *lci; 3124 const u8 *civicloc; 3125 unsigned int lci_len; 3126 unsigned int civicloc_len; 3127 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons failure_reason; 3128 u32 num_ftmr_attempts, num_ftmr_successes; 3129 s16 burst_index; 3130 u8 busy_retry_time; 3131 u8 num_bursts_exp; 3132 u8 burst_duration; 3133 u8 ftms_per_burst; 3134 s32 rssi_avg; 3135 s32 rssi_spread; 3136 struct rate_info tx_rate, rx_rate; 3137 s64 rtt_avg; 3138 s64 rtt_variance; 3139 s64 rtt_spread; 3140 s64 dist_avg; 3141 s64 dist_variance; 3142 s64 dist_spread; 3143 3144 u16 num_ftmr_attempts_valid:1, 3145 num_ftmr_successes_valid:1, 3146 rssi_avg_valid:1, 3147 rssi_spread_valid:1, 3148 tx_rate_valid:1, 3149 rx_rate_valid:1, 3150 rtt_avg_valid:1, 3151 rtt_variance_valid:1, 3152 rtt_spread_valid:1, 3153 dist_avg_valid:1, 3154 dist_variance_valid:1, 3155 dist_spread_valid:1; 3156 }; 3157 3158 /** 3159 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_result - peer measurement result 3160 * @addr: address of the peer 3161 * @host_time: host time (use ktime_get_boottime() adjust to the time when the 3162 * measurement was made) 3163 * @ap_tsf: AP's TSF at measurement time 3164 * @status: status of the measurement 3165 * @final: if reporting partial results, mark this as the last one; if not 3166 * reporting partial results always set this flag 3167 * @ap_tsf_valid: indicates the @ap_tsf value is valid 3168 * @type: type of the measurement reported, note that we only support reporting 3169 * one type at a time, but you can report multiple results separately and 3170 * they're all aggregated for userspace. 3171 */ 3172 struct cfg80211_pmsr_result { 3173 u64 host_time, ap_tsf; 3174 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status status; 3175 3176 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN]; 3177 3178 u8 final:1, 3179 ap_tsf_valid:1; 3180 3181 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type type; 3182 3183 union { 3184 struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result ftm; 3185 }; 3186 }; 3187 3188 /** 3189 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer - FTM request data 3190 * @requested: indicates FTM is requested 3191 * @preamble: frame preamble to use 3192 * @burst_period: burst period to use 3193 * @asap: indicates to use ASAP mode 3194 * @num_bursts_exp: number of bursts exponent 3195 * @burst_duration: burst duration 3196 * @ftms_per_burst: number of FTMs per burst 3197 * @ftmr_retries: number of retries for FTM request 3198 * @request_lci: request LCI information 3199 * @request_civicloc: request civic location information 3200 * 3201 * See also nl80211 for the respective attribute documentation. 3202 */ 3203 struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer { 3204 enum nl80211_preamble preamble; 3205 u16 burst_period; 3206 u8 requested:1, 3207 asap:1, 3208 request_lci:1, 3209 request_civicloc:1; 3210 u8 num_bursts_exp; 3211 u8 burst_duration; 3212 u8 ftms_per_burst; 3213 u8 ftmr_retries; 3214 }; 3215 3216 /** 3217 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer - peer data for a peer measurement request 3218 * @addr: MAC address 3219 * @chandef: channel to use 3220 * @report_ap_tsf: report the associated AP's TSF 3221 * @ftm: FTM data, see &struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer 3222 */ 3223 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer { 3224 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN]; 3225 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 3226 u8 report_ap_tsf:1; 3227 struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer ftm; 3228 }; 3229 3230 /** 3231 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_request - peer measurement request 3232 * @cookie: cookie, set by cfg80211 3233 * @nl_portid: netlink portid - used by cfg80211 3234 * @drv_data: driver data for this request, if required for aborting, 3235 * not otherwise freed or anything by cfg80211 3236 * @mac_addr: MAC address used for (randomised) request 3237 * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used for randomisation, bits that 3238 * are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should 3239 * be taken from the @mac_addr 3240 * @list: used by cfg80211 to hold on to the request 3241 * @timeout: timeout (in milliseconds) for the whole operation, if 3242 * zero it means there's no timeout 3243 * @n_peers: number of peers to do measurements with 3244 * @peers: per-peer measurement request data 3245 */ 3246 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request { 3247 u64 cookie; 3248 void *drv_data; 3249 u32 n_peers; 3250 u32 nl_portid; 3251 3252 u32 timeout; 3253 3254 u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 3255 u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 3256 3257 struct list_head list; 3258 3259 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer peers[]; 3260 }; 3261 3262 /** 3263 * struct cfg80211_update_owe_info - OWE Information 3264 * 3265 * This structure provides information needed for the drivers to offload OWE 3266 * (Opportunistic Wireless Encryption) processing to the user space. 3267 * 3268 * Commonly used across update_owe_info request and event interfaces. 3269 * 3270 * @peer: MAC address of the peer device for which the OWE processing 3271 * has to be done. 3272 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful OWE info 3273 * processing, use %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if user space 3274 * cannot give you the real status code for failures. Used only for 3275 * OWE update request command interface (user space to driver). 3276 * @ie: IEs obtained from the peer or constructed by the user space. These are 3277 * the IEs of the remote peer in the event from the host driver and 3278 * the constructed IEs by the user space in the request interface. 3279 * @ie_len: Length of IEs in octets. 3280 */ 3281 struct cfg80211_update_owe_info { 3282 u8 peer[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 3283 u16 status; 3284 const u8 *ie; 3285 size_t ie_len; 3286 }; 3287 3288 /** 3289 * struct cfg80211_ops - backend description for wireless configuration 3290 * 3291 * This struct is registered by fullmac card drivers and/or wireless stacks 3292 * in order to handle configuration requests on their interfaces. 3293 * 3294 * All callbacks except where otherwise noted should return 0 3295 * on success or a negative error code. 3296 * 3297 * All operations are currently invoked under rtnl for consistency with the 3298 * wireless extensions but this is subject to reevaluation as soon as this 3299 * code is used more widely and we have a first user without wext. 3300 * 3301 * @suspend: wiphy device needs to be suspended. The variable @wow will 3302 * be %NULL or contain the enabled Wake-on-Wireless triggers that are 3303 * configured for the device. 3304 * @resume: wiphy device needs to be resumed 3305 * @set_wakeup: Called when WoWLAN is enabled/disabled, use this callback 3306 * to call device_set_wakeup_enable() to enable/disable wakeup from 3307 * the device. 3308 * 3309 * @add_virtual_intf: create a new virtual interface with the given name, 3310 * must set the struct wireless_dev's iftype. Beware: You must create 3311 * the new netdev in the wiphy's network namespace! Returns the struct 3312 * wireless_dev, or an ERR_PTR. For P2P device wdevs, the driver must 3313 * also set the address member in the wdev. 3314 * 3315 * @del_virtual_intf: remove the virtual interface 3316 * 3317 * @change_virtual_intf: change type/configuration of virtual interface, 3318 * keep the struct wireless_dev's iftype updated. 3319 * 3320 * @add_key: add a key with the given parameters. @mac_addr will be %NULL 3321 * when adding a group key. 3322 * 3323 * @get_key: get information about the key with the given parameters. 3324 * @mac_addr will be %NULL when requesting information for a group 3325 * key. All pointers given to the @callback function need not be valid 3326 * after it returns. This function should return an error if it is 3327 * not possible to retrieve the key, -ENOENT if it doesn't exist. 3328 * 3329 * @del_key: remove a key given the @mac_addr (%NULL for a group key) 3330 * and @key_index, return -ENOENT if the key doesn't exist. 3331 * 3332 * @set_default_key: set the default key on an interface 3333 * 3334 * @set_default_mgmt_key: set the default management frame key on an interface 3335 * 3336 * @set_rekey_data: give the data necessary for GTK rekeying to the driver 3337 * 3338 * @start_ap: Start acting in AP mode defined by the parameters. 3339 * @change_beacon: Change the beacon parameters for an access point mode 3340 * interface. This should reject the call when AP mode wasn't started. 3341 * @stop_ap: Stop being an AP, including stopping beaconing. 3342 * 3343 * @add_station: Add a new station. 3344 * @del_station: Remove a station 3345 * @change_station: Modify a given station. Note that flags changes are not much 3346 * validated in cfg80211, in particular the auth/assoc/authorized flags 3347 * might come to the driver in invalid combinations -- make sure to check 3348 * them, also against the existing state! Drivers must call 3349 * cfg80211_check_station_change() to validate the information. 3350 * @get_station: get station information for the station identified by @mac 3351 * @dump_station: dump station callback -- resume dump at index @idx 3352 * 3353 * @add_mpath: add a fixed mesh path 3354 * @del_mpath: delete a given mesh path 3355 * @change_mpath: change a given mesh path 3356 * @get_mpath: get a mesh path for the given parameters 3357 * @dump_mpath: dump mesh path callback -- resume dump at index @idx 3358 * @get_mpp: get a mesh proxy path for the given parameters 3359 * @dump_mpp: dump mesh proxy path callback -- resume dump at index @idx 3360 * @join_mesh: join the mesh network with the specified parameters 3361 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3362 * @leave_mesh: leave the current mesh network 3363 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3364 * 3365 * @get_mesh_config: Get the current mesh configuration 3366 * 3367 * @update_mesh_config: Update mesh parameters on a running mesh. 3368 * The mask is a bitfield which tells us which parameters to 3369 * set, and which to leave alone. 3370 * 3371 * @change_bss: Modify parameters for a given BSS. 3372 * 3373 * @set_txq_params: Set TX queue parameters 3374 * 3375 * @libertas_set_mesh_channel: Only for backward compatibility for libertas, 3376 * as it doesn't implement join_mesh and needs to set the channel to 3377 * join the mesh instead. 3378 * 3379 * @set_monitor_channel: Set the monitor mode channel for the device. If other 3380 * interfaces are active this callback should reject the configuration. 3381 * If no interfaces are active or the device is down, the channel should 3382 * be stored for when a monitor interface becomes active. 3383 * 3384 * @scan: Request to do a scan. If returning zero, the scan request is given 3385 * the driver, and will be valid until passed to cfg80211_scan_done(). 3386 * For scan results, call cfg80211_inform_bss(); you can call this outside 3387 * the scan/scan_done bracket too. 3388 * @abort_scan: Tell the driver to abort an ongoing scan. The driver shall 3389 * indicate the status of the scan through cfg80211_scan_done(). 3390 * 3391 * @auth: Request to authenticate with the specified peer 3392 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3393 * @assoc: Request to (re)associate with the specified peer 3394 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3395 * @deauth: Request to deauthenticate from the specified peer 3396 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3397 * @disassoc: Request to disassociate from the specified peer 3398 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3399 * 3400 * @connect: Connect to the ESS with the specified parameters. When connected, 3401 * call cfg80211_connect_result()/cfg80211_connect_bss() with status code 3402 * %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS. If the connection fails for some reason, call 3403 * cfg80211_connect_result()/cfg80211_connect_bss() with the status code 3404 * from the AP or cfg80211_connect_timeout() if no frame with status code 3405 * was received. 3406 * The driver is allowed to roam to other BSSes within the ESS when the 3407 * other BSS matches the connect parameters. When such roaming is initiated 3408 * by the driver, the driver is expected to verify that the target matches 3409 * the configured security parameters and to use Reassociation Request 3410 * frame instead of Association Request frame. 3411 * The connect function can also be used to request the driver to perform a 3412 * specific roam when connected to an ESS. In that case, the prev_bssid 3413 * parameter is set to the BSSID of the currently associated BSS as an 3414 * indication of requesting reassociation. 3415 * In both the driver-initiated and new connect() call initiated roaming 3416 * cases, the result of roaming is indicated with a call to 3417 * cfg80211_roamed(). (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3418 * @update_connect_params: Update the connect parameters while connected to a 3419 * BSS. The updated parameters can be used by driver/firmware for 3420 * subsequent BSS selection (roaming) decisions and to form the 3421 * Authentication/(Re)Association Request frames. This call does not 3422 * request an immediate disassociation or reassociation with the current 3423 * BSS, i.e., this impacts only subsequent (re)associations. The bits in 3424 * changed are defined in &enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed. 3425 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3426 * @disconnect: Disconnect from the BSS/ESS or stop connection attempts if 3427 * connection is in progress. Once done, call cfg80211_disconnected() in 3428 * case connection was already established (invoked with the 3429 * wireless_dev mutex held), otherwise call cfg80211_connect_timeout(). 3430 * 3431 * @join_ibss: Join the specified IBSS (or create if necessary). Once done, call 3432 * cfg80211_ibss_joined(), also call that function when changing BSSID due 3433 * to a merge. 3434 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3435 * @leave_ibss: Leave the IBSS. 3436 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3437 * 3438 * @set_mcast_rate: Set the specified multicast rate (only if vif is in ADHOC or 3439 * MESH mode) 3440 * 3441 * @set_wiphy_params: Notify that wiphy parameters have changed; 3442 * @changed bitfield (see &enum wiphy_params_flags) describes which values 3443 * have changed. The actual parameter values are available in 3444 * struct wiphy. If returning an error, no value should be changed. 3445 * 3446 * @set_tx_power: set the transmit power according to the parameters, 3447 * the power passed is in mBm, to get dBm use MBM_TO_DBM(). The 3448 * wdev may be %NULL if power was set for the wiphy, and will 3449 * always be %NULL unless the driver supports per-vif TX power 3450 * (as advertised by the nl80211 feature flag.) 3451 * @get_tx_power: store the current TX power into the dbm variable; 3452 * return 0 if successful 3453 * 3454 * @set_wds_peer: set the WDS peer for a WDS interface 3455 * 3456 * @rfkill_poll: polls the hw rfkill line, use cfg80211 reporting 3457 * functions to adjust rfkill hw state 3458 * 3459 * @dump_survey: get site survey information. 3460 * 3461 * @remain_on_channel: Request the driver to remain awake on the specified 3462 * channel for the specified duration to complete an off-channel 3463 * operation (e.g., public action frame exchange). When the driver is 3464 * ready on the requested channel, it must indicate this with an event 3465 * notification by calling cfg80211_ready_on_channel(). 3466 * @cancel_remain_on_channel: Cancel an on-going remain-on-channel operation. 3467 * This allows the operation to be terminated prior to timeout based on 3468 * the duration value. 3469 * @mgmt_tx: Transmit a management frame. 3470 * @mgmt_tx_cancel_wait: Cancel the wait time from transmitting a management 3471 * frame on another channel 3472 * 3473 * @testmode_cmd: run a test mode command; @wdev may be %NULL 3474 * @testmode_dump: Implement a test mode dump. The cb->args[2] and up may be 3475 * used by the function, but 0 and 1 must not be touched. Additionally, 3476 * return error codes other than -ENOBUFS and -ENOENT will terminate the 3477 * dump and return to userspace with an error, so be careful. If any data 3478 * was passed in from userspace then the data/len arguments will be present 3479 * and point to the data contained in %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA. 3480 * 3481 * @set_bitrate_mask: set the bitrate mask configuration 3482 * 3483 * @set_pmksa: Cache a PMKID for a BSSID. This is mostly useful for fullmac 3484 * devices running firmwares capable of generating the (re) association 3485 * RSN IE. It allows for faster roaming between WPA2 BSSIDs. 3486 * @del_pmksa: Delete a cached PMKID. 3487 * @flush_pmksa: Flush all cached PMKIDs. 3488 * @set_power_mgmt: Configure WLAN power management. A timeout value of -1 3489 * allows the driver to adjust the dynamic ps timeout value. 3490 * @set_cqm_rssi_config: Configure connection quality monitor RSSI threshold. 3491 * After configuration, the driver should (soon) send an event indicating 3492 * the current level is above/below the configured threshold; this may 3493 * need some care when the configuration is changed (without first being 3494 * disabled.) 3495 * @set_cqm_rssi_range_config: Configure two RSSI thresholds in the 3496 * connection quality monitor. An event is to be sent only when the 3497 * signal level is found to be outside the two values. The driver should 3498 * set %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST if this method is implemented. 3499 * If it is provided then there's no point providing @set_cqm_rssi_config. 3500 * @set_cqm_txe_config: Configure connection quality monitor TX error 3501 * thresholds. 3502 * @sched_scan_start: Tell the driver to start a scheduled scan. 3503 * @sched_scan_stop: Tell the driver to stop an ongoing scheduled scan with 3504 * given request id. This call must stop the scheduled scan and be ready 3505 * for starting a new one before it returns, i.e. @sched_scan_start may be 3506 * called immediately after that again and should not fail in that case. 3507 * The driver should not call cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped() for a requested 3508 * stop (when this method returns 0). 3509 * 3510 * @mgmt_frame_register: Notify driver that a management frame type was 3511 * registered. The callback is allowed to sleep. 3512 * 3513 * @set_antenna: Set antenna configuration (tx_ant, rx_ant) on the device. 3514 * Parameters are bitmaps of allowed antennas to use for TX/RX. Drivers may 3515 * reject TX/RX mask combinations they cannot support by returning -EINVAL 3516 * (also see nl80211.h @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX). 3517 * 3518 * @get_antenna: Get current antenna configuration from device (tx_ant, rx_ant). 3519 * 3520 * @tdls_mgmt: Transmit a TDLS management frame. 3521 * @tdls_oper: Perform a high-level TDLS operation (e.g. TDLS link setup). 3522 * 3523 * @probe_client: probe an associated client, must return a cookie that it 3524 * later passes to cfg80211_probe_status(). 3525 * 3526 * @set_noack_map: Set the NoAck Map for the TIDs. 3527 * 3528 * @get_channel: Get the current operating channel for the virtual interface. 3529 * For monitor interfaces, it should return %NULL unless there's a single 3530 * current monitoring channel. 3531 * 3532 * @start_p2p_device: Start the given P2P device. 3533 * @stop_p2p_device: Stop the given P2P device. 3534 * 3535 * @set_mac_acl: Sets MAC address control list in AP and P2P GO mode. 3536 * Parameters include ACL policy, an array of MAC address of stations 3537 * and the number of MAC addresses. If there is already a list in driver 3538 * this new list replaces the existing one. Driver has to clear its ACL 3539 * when number of MAC addresses entries is passed as 0. Drivers which 3540 * advertise the support for MAC based ACL have to implement this callback. 3541 * 3542 * @start_radar_detection: Start radar detection in the driver. 3543 * 3544 * @update_ft_ies: Provide updated Fast BSS Transition information to the 3545 * driver. If the SME is in the driver/firmware, this information can be 3546 * used in building Authentication and Reassociation Request frames. 3547 * 3548 * @crit_proto_start: Indicates a critical protocol needs more link reliability 3549 * for a given duration (milliseconds). The protocol is provided so the 3550 * driver can take the most appropriate actions. 3551 * @crit_proto_stop: Indicates critical protocol no longer needs increased link 3552 * reliability. This operation can not fail. 3553 * @set_coalesce: Set coalesce parameters. 3554 * 3555 * @channel_switch: initiate channel-switch procedure (with CSA). Driver is 3556 * responsible for veryfing if the switch is possible. Since this is 3557 * inherently tricky driver may decide to disconnect an interface later 3558 * with cfg80211_stop_iface(). This doesn't mean driver can accept 3559 * everything. It should do it's best to verify requests and reject them 3560 * as soon as possible. 3561 * 3562 * @set_qos_map: Set QoS mapping information to the driver 3563 * 3564 * @set_ap_chanwidth: Set the AP (including P2P GO) mode channel width for the 3565 * given interface This is used e.g. for dynamic HT 20/40 MHz channel width 3566 * changes during the lifetime of the BSS. 3567 * 3568 * @add_tx_ts: validate (if admitted_time is 0) or add a TX TS to the device 3569 * with the given parameters; action frame exchange has been handled by 3570 * userspace so this just has to modify the TX path to take the TS into 3571 * account. 3572 * If the admitted time is 0 just validate the parameters to make sure 3573 * the session can be created at all; it is valid to just always return 3574 * success for that but that may result in inefficient behaviour (handshake 3575 * with the peer followed by immediate teardown when the addition is later 3576 * rejected) 3577 * @del_tx_ts: remove an existing TX TS 3578 * 3579 * @join_ocb: join the OCB network with the specified parameters 3580 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3581 * @leave_ocb: leave the current OCB network 3582 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3583 * 3584 * @tdls_channel_switch: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer. The driver 3585 * is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching operations 3586 * and returning to the base channel for communication with the AP. 3587 * @tdls_cancel_channel_switch: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS peer. Both 3588 * peers must be on the base channel when the call completes. 3589 * @start_nan: Start the NAN interface. 3590 * @stop_nan: Stop the NAN interface. 3591 * @add_nan_func: Add a NAN function. Returns negative value on failure. 3592 * On success @nan_func ownership is transferred to the driver and 3593 * it may access it outside of the scope of this function. The driver 3594 * should free the @nan_func when no longer needed by calling 3595 * cfg80211_free_nan_func(). 3596 * On success the driver should assign an instance_id in the 3597 * provided @nan_func. 3598 * @del_nan_func: Delete a NAN function. 3599 * @nan_change_conf: changes NAN configuration. The changed parameters must 3600 * be specified in @changes (using &enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes); 3601 * All other parameters must be ignored. 3602 * 3603 * @set_multicast_to_unicast: configure multicast to unicast conversion for BSS 3604 * 3605 * @get_txq_stats: Get TXQ stats for interface or phy. If wdev is %NULL, this 3606 * function should return phy stats, and interface stats otherwise. 3607 * 3608 * @set_pmk: configure the PMK to be used for offloaded 802.1X 4-Way handshake. 3609 * If not deleted through @del_pmk the PMK remains valid until disconnect 3610 * upon which the driver should clear it. 3611 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3612 * @del_pmk: delete the previously configured PMK for the given authenticator. 3613 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3614 * 3615 * @external_auth: indicates result of offloaded authentication processing from 3616 * user space 3617 * 3618 * @tx_control_port: TX a control port frame (EAPoL). The noencrypt parameter 3619 * tells the driver that the frame should not be encrypted. 3620 * 3621 * @get_ftm_responder_stats: Retrieve FTM responder statistics, if available. 3622 * Statistics should be cumulative, currently no way to reset is provided. 3623 * @start_pmsr: start peer measurement (e.g. FTM) 3624 * @abort_pmsr: abort peer measurement 3625 * 3626 * @update_owe_info: Provide updated OWE info to driver. Driver implementing SME 3627 * but offloading OWE processing to the user space will get the updated 3628 * DH IE through this interface. 3629 * 3630 * @probe_mesh_link: Probe direct Mesh peer's link quality by sending data frame 3631 * and overrule HWMP path selection algorithm. 3632 */ 3633 struct cfg80211_ops { 3634 int (*suspend)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_wowlan *wow); 3635 int (*resume)(struct wiphy *wiphy); 3636 void (*set_wakeup)(struct wiphy *wiphy, bool enabled); 3637 3638 struct wireless_dev * (*add_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3639 const char *name, 3640 unsigned char name_assign_type, 3641 enum nl80211_iftype type, 3642 struct vif_params *params); 3643 int (*del_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3644 struct wireless_dev *wdev); 3645 int (*change_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3646 struct net_device *dev, 3647 enum nl80211_iftype type, 3648 struct vif_params *params); 3649 3650 int (*add_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 3651 u8 key_index, bool pairwise, const u8 *mac_addr, 3652 struct key_params *params); 3653 int (*get_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 3654 u8 key_index, bool pairwise, const u8 *mac_addr, 3655 void *cookie, 3656 void (*callback)(void *cookie, struct key_params*)); 3657 int (*del_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 3658 u8 key_index, bool pairwise, const u8 *mac_addr); 3659 int (*set_default_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3660 struct net_device *netdev, 3661 u8 key_index, bool unicast, bool multicast); 3662 int (*set_default_mgmt_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3663 struct net_device *netdev, 3664 u8 key_index); 3665 3666 int (*start_ap)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3667 struct cfg80211_ap_settings *settings); 3668 int (*change_beacon)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3669 struct cfg80211_beacon_data *info); 3670 int (*stop_ap)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev); 3671 3672 3673 int (*add_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3674 const u8 *mac, 3675 struct station_parameters *params); 3676 int (*del_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3677 struct station_del_parameters *params); 3678 int (*change_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3679 const u8 *mac, 3680 struct station_parameters *params); 3681 int (*get_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3682 const u8 *mac, struct station_info *sinfo); 3683 int (*dump_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3684 int idx, u8 *mac, struct station_info *sinfo); 3685 3686 int (*add_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3687 const u8 *dst, const u8 *next_hop); 3688 int (*del_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3689 const u8 *dst); 3690 int (*change_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3691 const u8 *dst, const u8 *next_hop); 3692 int (*get_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3693 u8 *dst, u8 *next_hop, struct mpath_info *pinfo); 3694 int (*dump_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3695 int idx, u8 *dst, u8 *next_hop, 3696 struct mpath_info *pinfo); 3697 int (*get_mpp)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3698 u8 *dst, u8 *mpp, struct mpath_info *pinfo); 3699 int (*dump_mpp)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3700 int idx, u8 *dst, u8 *mpp, 3701 struct mpath_info *pinfo); 3702 int (*get_mesh_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3703 struct net_device *dev, 3704 struct mesh_config *conf); 3705 int (*update_mesh_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3706 struct net_device *dev, u32 mask, 3707 const struct mesh_config *nconf); 3708 int (*join_mesh)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3709 const struct mesh_config *conf, 3710 const struct mesh_setup *setup); 3711 int (*leave_mesh)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev); 3712 3713 int (*join_ocb)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3714 struct ocb_setup *setup); 3715 int (*leave_ocb)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev); 3716 3717 int (*change_bss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3718 struct bss_parameters *params); 3719 3720 int (*set_txq_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3721 struct ieee80211_txq_params *params); 3722 3723 int (*libertas_set_mesh_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3724 struct net_device *dev, 3725 struct ieee80211_channel *chan); 3726 3727 int (*set_monitor_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3728 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 3729 3730 int (*scan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3731 struct cfg80211_scan_request *request); 3732 void (*abort_scan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev); 3733 3734 int (*auth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3735 struct cfg80211_auth_request *req); 3736 int (*assoc)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3737 struct cfg80211_assoc_request *req); 3738 int (*deauth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3739 struct cfg80211_deauth_request *req); 3740 int (*disassoc)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3741 struct cfg80211_disassoc_request *req); 3742 3743 int (*connect)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3744 struct cfg80211_connect_params *sme); 3745 int (*update_connect_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3746 struct net_device *dev, 3747 struct cfg80211_connect_params *sme, 3748 u32 changed); 3749 int (*disconnect)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3750 u16 reason_code); 3751 3752 int (*join_ibss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3753 struct cfg80211_ibss_params *params); 3754 int (*leave_ibss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev); 3755 3756 int (*set_mcast_rate)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3757 int rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]); 3758 3759 int (*set_wiphy_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 changed); 3760 3761 int (*set_tx_power)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3762 enum nl80211_tx_power_setting type, int mbm); 3763 int (*get_tx_power)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3764 int *dbm); 3765 3766 int (*set_wds_peer)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3767 const u8 *addr); 3768 3769 void (*rfkill_poll)(struct wiphy *wiphy); 3770 3771 #ifdef CONFIG_NL80211_TESTMODE 3772 int (*testmode_cmd)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3773 void *data, int len); 3774 int (*testmode_dump)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct sk_buff *skb, 3775 struct netlink_callback *cb, 3776 void *data, int len); 3777 #endif 3778 3779 int (*set_bitrate_mask)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3780 struct net_device *dev, 3781 const u8 *peer, 3782 const struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask *mask); 3783 3784 int (*dump_survey)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 3785 int idx, struct survey_info *info); 3786 3787 int (*set_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 3788 struct cfg80211_pmksa *pmksa); 3789 int (*del_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 3790 struct cfg80211_pmksa *pmksa); 3791 int (*flush_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev); 3792 3793 int (*remain_on_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3794 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3795 struct ieee80211_channel *chan, 3796 unsigned int duration, 3797 u64 *cookie); 3798 int (*cancel_remain_on_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3799 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3800 u64 cookie); 3801 3802 int (*mgmt_tx)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3803 struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params *params, 3804 u64 *cookie); 3805 int (*mgmt_tx_cancel_wait)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3806 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3807 u64 cookie); 3808 3809 int (*set_power_mgmt)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3810 bool enabled, int timeout); 3811 3812 int (*set_cqm_rssi_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3813 struct net_device *dev, 3814 s32 rssi_thold, u32 rssi_hyst); 3815 3816 int (*set_cqm_rssi_range_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3817 struct net_device *dev, 3818 s32 rssi_low, s32 rssi_high); 3819 3820 int (*set_cqm_txe_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3821 struct net_device *dev, 3822 u32 rate, u32 pkts, u32 intvl); 3823 3824 void (*mgmt_frame_register)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3825 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3826 u16 frame_type, bool reg); 3827 3828 int (*set_antenna)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 tx_ant, u32 rx_ant); 3829 int (*get_antenna)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 *tx_ant, u32 *rx_ant); 3830 3831 int (*sched_scan_start)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3832 struct net_device *dev, 3833 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request *request); 3834 int (*sched_scan_stop)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3835 u64 reqid); 3836 3837 int (*set_rekey_data)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3838 struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data *data); 3839 3840 int (*tdls_mgmt)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3841 const u8 *peer, u8 action_code, u8 dialog_token, 3842 u16 status_code, u32 peer_capability, 3843 bool initiator, const u8 *buf, size_t len); 3844 int (*tdls_oper)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3845 const u8 *peer, enum nl80211_tdls_operation oper); 3846 3847 int (*probe_client)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3848 const u8 *peer, u64 *cookie); 3849 3850 int (*set_noack_map)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3851 struct net_device *dev, 3852 u16 noack_map); 3853 3854 int (*get_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3855 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3856 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 3857 3858 int (*start_p2p_device)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3859 struct wireless_dev *wdev); 3860 void (*stop_p2p_device)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3861 struct wireless_dev *wdev); 3862 3863 int (*set_mac_acl)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3864 const struct cfg80211_acl_data *params); 3865 3866 int (*start_radar_detection)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3867 struct net_device *dev, 3868 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 3869 u32 cac_time_ms); 3870 int (*update_ft_ies)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3871 struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params *ftie); 3872 int (*crit_proto_start)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3873 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3874 enum nl80211_crit_proto_id protocol, 3875 u16 duration); 3876 void (*crit_proto_stop)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3877 struct wireless_dev *wdev); 3878 int (*set_coalesce)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3879 struct cfg80211_coalesce *coalesce); 3880 3881 int (*channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3882 struct net_device *dev, 3883 struct cfg80211_csa_settings *params); 3884 3885 int (*set_qos_map)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3886 struct net_device *dev, 3887 struct cfg80211_qos_map *qos_map); 3888 3889 int (*set_ap_chanwidth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3890 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 3891 3892 int (*add_tx_ts)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3893 u8 tsid, const u8 *peer, u8 user_prio, 3894 u16 admitted_time); 3895 int (*del_tx_ts)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3896 u8 tsid, const u8 *peer); 3897 3898 int (*tdls_channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3899 struct net_device *dev, 3900 const u8 *addr, u8 oper_class, 3901 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 3902 void (*tdls_cancel_channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3903 struct net_device *dev, 3904 const u8 *addr); 3905 int (*start_nan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3906 struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf); 3907 void (*stop_nan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev); 3908 int (*add_nan_func)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3909 struct cfg80211_nan_func *nan_func); 3910 void (*del_nan_func)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3911 u64 cookie); 3912 int (*nan_change_conf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3913 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3914 struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf, 3915 u32 changes); 3916 3917 int (*set_multicast_to_unicast)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3918 struct net_device *dev, 3919 const bool enabled); 3920 3921 int (*get_txq_stats)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3922 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3923 struct cfg80211_txq_stats *txqstats); 3924 3925 int (*set_pmk)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3926 const struct cfg80211_pmk_conf *conf); 3927 int (*del_pmk)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3928 const u8 *aa); 3929 int (*external_auth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3930 struct cfg80211_external_auth_params *params); 3931 3932 int (*tx_control_port)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3933 struct net_device *dev, 3934 const u8 *buf, size_t len, 3935 const u8 *dest, const __be16 proto, 3936 const bool noencrypt); 3937 3938 int (*get_ftm_responder_stats)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3939 struct net_device *dev, 3940 struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats *ftm_stats); 3941 3942 int (*start_pmsr)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3943 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *request); 3944 void (*abort_pmsr)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3945 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *request); 3946 int (*update_owe_info)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3947 struct cfg80211_update_owe_info *owe_info); 3948 int (*probe_mesh_link)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3949 const u8 *buf, size_t len); 3950 }; 3951 3952 /* 3953 * wireless hardware and networking interfaces structures 3954 * and registration/helper functions 3955 */ 3956 3957 /** 3958 * enum wiphy_flags - wiphy capability flags 3959 * 3960 * @WIPHY_FLAG_NETNS_OK: if not set, do not allow changing the netns of this 3961 * wiphy at all 3962 * @WIPHY_FLAG_PS_ON_BY_DEFAULT: if set to true, powersave will be enabled 3963 * by default -- this flag will be set depending on the kernel's default 3964 * on wiphy_new(), but can be changed by the driver if it has a good 3965 * reason to override the default 3966 * @WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_AP: supports 4addr mode even on AP (with a single station 3967 * on a VLAN interface). This flag also serves an extra purpose of 3968 * supporting 4ADDR AP mode on devices which do not support AP/VLAN iftype. 3969 * @WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_STATION: supports 4addr mode even as a station 3970 * @WIPHY_FLAG_CONTROL_PORT_PROTOCOL: This device supports setting the 3971 * control port protocol ethertype. The device also honours the 3972 * control_port_no_encrypt flag. 3973 * @WIPHY_FLAG_IBSS_RSN: The device supports IBSS RSN. 3974 * @WIPHY_FLAG_MESH_AUTH: The device supports mesh authentication by routing 3975 * auth frames to userspace. See @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH. 3976 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_FW_ROAM: The device supports roaming feature in the 3977 * firmware. 3978 * @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_UAPSD: The device supports uapsd on AP. 3979 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS: The device supports TDLS (802.11z) operation. 3980 * @WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP: The device does not handle TDLS (802.11z) 3981 * link setup/discovery operations internally. Setup, discovery and 3982 * teardown packets should be sent through the @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT 3983 * command. When this flag is not set, @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER should be 3984 * used for asking the driver/firmware to perform a TDLS operation. 3985 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAVE_AP_SME: device integrates AP SME 3986 * @WIPHY_FLAG_REPORTS_OBSS: the device will report beacons from other BSSes 3987 * when there are virtual interfaces in AP mode by calling 3988 * cfg80211_report_obss_beacon(). 3989 * @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD: When operating as an AP, the device 3990 * responds to probe-requests in hardware. 3991 * @WIPHY_FLAG_OFFCHAN_TX: Device supports direct off-channel TX. 3992 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: Device supports remain-on-channel call. 3993 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_5_10_MHZ: Device supports 5 MHz and 10 MHz channels. 3994 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Device supports channel switch in 3995 * beaconing mode (AP, IBSS, Mesh, ...). 3996 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_STATIC_WEP: The device supports static WEP key installation 3997 * before connection. 3998 */ 3999 enum wiphy_flags { 4000 /* use hole at 0 */ 4001 /* use hole at 1 */ 4002 /* use hole at 2 */ 4003 WIPHY_FLAG_NETNS_OK = BIT(3), 4004 WIPHY_FLAG_PS_ON_BY_DEFAULT = BIT(4), 4005 WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_AP = BIT(5), 4006 WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_STATION = BIT(6), 4007 WIPHY_FLAG_CONTROL_PORT_PROTOCOL = BIT(7), 4008 WIPHY_FLAG_IBSS_RSN = BIT(8), 4009 WIPHY_FLAG_MESH_AUTH = BIT(10), 4010 /* use hole at 11 */ 4011 /* use hole at 12 */ 4012 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_FW_ROAM = BIT(13), 4013 WIPHY_FLAG_AP_UAPSD = BIT(14), 4014 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS = BIT(15), 4015 WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP = BIT(16), 4016 WIPHY_FLAG_HAVE_AP_SME = BIT(17), 4017 WIPHY_FLAG_REPORTS_OBSS = BIT(18), 4018 WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD = BIT(19), 4019 WIPHY_FLAG_OFFCHAN_TX = BIT(20), 4020 WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL = BIT(21), 4021 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_5_10_MHZ = BIT(22), 4022 WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_CHANNEL_SWITCH = BIT(23), 4023 WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_STATIC_WEP = BIT(24), 4024 }; 4025 4026 /** 4027 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit - limit on certain interface types 4028 * @max: maximum number of interfaces of these types 4029 * @types: interface types (bits) 4030 */ 4031 struct ieee80211_iface_limit { 4032 u16 max; 4033 u16 types; 4034 }; 4035 4036 /** 4037 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination - possible interface combination 4038 * 4039 * With this structure the driver can describe which interface 4040 * combinations it supports concurrently. 4041 * 4042 * Examples: 4043 * 4044 * 1. Allow #STA <= 1, #AP <= 1, matching BI, channels = 1, 2 total: 4045 * 4046 * .. code-block:: c 4047 * 4048 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits1[] = { 4049 * { .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION), }, 4050 * { .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_AP}, }, 4051 * }; 4052 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination1 = { 4053 * .limits = limits1, 4054 * .n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits1), 4055 * .max_interfaces = 2, 4056 * .beacon_int_infra_match = true, 4057 * }; 4058 * 4059 * 4060 * 2. Allow #{AP, P2P-GO} <= 8, channels = 1, 8 total: 4061 * 4062 * .. code-block:: c 4063 * 4064 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits2[] = { 4065 * { .max = 8, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_AP) | 4066 * BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO), }, 4067 * }; 4068 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination2 = { 4069 * .limits = limits2, 4070 * .n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits2), 4071 * .max_interfaces = 8, 4072 * .num_different_channels = 1, 4073 * }; 4074 * 4075 * 4076 * 3. Allow #STA <= 1, #{P2P-client,P2P-GO} <= 3 on two channels, 4 total. 4077 * 4078 * This allows for an infrastructure connection and three P2P connections. 4079 * 4080 * .. code-block:: c 4081 * 4082 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits3[] = { 4083 * { .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION), }, 4084 * { .max = 3, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO) | 4085 * BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT), }, 4086 * }; 4087 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination3 = { 4088 * .limits = limits3, 4089 * .n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits3), 4090 * .max_interfaces = 4, 4091 * .num_different_channels = 2, 4092 * }; 4093 * 4094 */ 4095 struct ieee80211_iface_combination { 4096 /** 4097 * @limits: 4098 * limits for the given interface types 4099 */ 4100 const struct ieee80211_iface_limit *limits; 4101 4102 /** 4103 * @num_different_channels: 4104 * can use up to this many different channels 4105 */ 4106 u32 num_different_channels; 4107 4108 /** 4109 * @max_interfaces: 4110 * maximum number of interfaces in total allowed in this group 4111 */ 4112 u16 max_interfaces; 4113 4114 /** 4115 * @n_limits: 4116 * number of limitations 4117 */ 4118 u8 n_limits; 4119 4120 /** 4121 * @beacon_int_infra_match: 4122 * In this combination, the beacon intervals between infrastructure 4123 * and AP types must match. This is required only in special cases. 4124 */ 4125 bool beacon_int_infra_match; 4126 4127 /** 4128 * @radar_detect_widths: 4129 * bitmap of channel widths supported for radar detection 4130 */ 4131 u8 radar_detect_widths; 4132 4133 /** 4134 * @radar_detect_regions: 4135 * bitmap of regions supported for radar detection 4136 */ 4137 u8 radar_detect_regions; 4138 4139 /** 4140 * @beacon_int_min_gcd: 4141 * This interface combination supports different beacon intervals. 4142 * 4143 * = 0 4144 * all beacon intervals for different interface must be same. 4145 * > 0 4146 * any beacon interval for the interface part of this combination AND 4147 * GCD of all beacon intervals from beaconing interfaces of this 4148 * combination must be greater or equal to this value. 4149 */ 4150 u32 beacon_int_min_gcd; 4151 }; 4152 4153 struct ieee80211_txrx_stypes { 4154 u16 tx, rx; 4155 }; 4156 4157 /** 4158 * enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags - WoWLAN support flags 4159 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_ANY: supports wakeup for the special "any" 4160 * trigger that keeps the device operating as-is and 4161 * wakes up the host on any activity, for example a 4162 * received packet that passed filtering; note that the 4163 * packet should be preserved in that case 4164 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_MAGIC_PKT: supports wakeup on magic packet 4165 * (see nl80211.h) 4166 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_DISCONNECT: supports wakeup on disconnect 4167 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_SUPPORTS_GTK_REKEY: supports GTK rekeying while asleep 4168 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE: supports wakeup on GTK rekey failure 4169 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_EAP_IDENTITY_REQ: supports wakeup on EAP identity request 4170 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_4WAY_HANDSHAKE: supports wakeup on 4-way handshake failure 4171 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_RFKILL_RELEASE: supports wakeup on RF-kill release 4172 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_NET_DETECT: supports wakeup on network detection 4173 */ 4174 enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags { 4175 WIPHY_WOWLAN_ANY = BIT(0), 4176 WIPHY_WOWLAN_MAGIC_PKT = BIT(1), 4177 WIPHY_WOWLAN_DISCONNECT = BIT(2), 4178 WIPHY_WOWLAN_SUPPORTS_GTK_REKEY = BIT(3), 4179 WIPHY_WOWLAN_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE = BIT(4), 4180 WIPHY_WOWLAN_EAP_IDENTITY_REQ = BIT(5), 4181 WIPHY_WOWLAN_4WAY_HANDSHAKE = BIT(6), 4182 WIPHY_WOWLAN_RFKILL_RELEASE = BIT(7), 4183 WIPHY_WOWLAN_NET_DETECT = BIT(8), 4184 }; 4185 4186 struct wiphy_wowlan_tcp_support { 4187 const struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature *tok; 4188 u32 data_payload_max; 4189 u32 data_interval_max; 4190 u32 wake_payload_max; 4191 bool seq; 4192 }; 4193 4194 /** 4195 * struct wiphy_wowlan_support - WoWLAN support data 4196 * @flags: see &enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags 4197 * @n_patterns: number of supported wakeup patterns 4198 * (see nl80211.h for the pattern definition) 4199 * @pattern_max_len: maximum length of each pattern 4200 * @pattern_min_len: minimum length of each pattern 4201 * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset 4202 * @max_nd_match_sets: maximum number of matchsets for net-detect, 4203 * similar, but not necessarily identical, to max_match_sets for 4204 * scheduled scans. 4205 * See &struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request.@match_sets for more 4206 * details. 4207 * @tcp: TCP wakeup support information 4208 */ 4209 struct wiphy_wowlan_support { 4210 u32 flags; 4211 int n_patterns; 4212 int pattern_max_len; 4213 int pattern_min_len; 4214 int max_pkt_offset; 4215 int max_nd_match_sets; 4216 const struct wiphy_wowlan_tcp_support *tcp; 4217 }; 4218 4219 /** 4220 * struct wiphy_coalesce_support - coalesce support data 4221 * @n_rules: maximum number of coalesce rules 4222 * @max_delay: maximum supported coalescing delay in msecs 4223 * @n_patterns: number of supported patterns in a rule 4224 * (see nl80211.h for the pattern definition) 4225 * @pattern_max_len: maximum length of each pattern 4226 * @pattern_min_len: minimum length of each pattern 4227 * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset 4228 */ 4229 struct wiphy_coalesce_support { 4230 int n_rules; 4231 int max_delay; 4232 int n_patterns; 4233 int pattern_max_len; 4234 int pattern_min_len; 4235 int max_pkt_offset; 4236 }; 4237 4238 /** 4239 * enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags - validation flags for vendor commands 4240 * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_WDEV: vendor command requires wdev 4241 * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_NETDEV: vendor command requires netdev 4242 * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_RUNNING: interface/wdev must be up & running 4243 * (must be combined with %_WDEV or %_NETDEV) 4244 */ 4245 enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags { 4246 WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_WDEV = BIT(0), 4247 WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_NETDEV = BIT(1), 4248 WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_RUNNING = BIT(2), 4249 }; 4250 4251 /** 4252 * enum wiphy_opmode_flag - Station's ht/vht operation mode information flags 4253 * 4254 * @STA_OPMODE_MAX_BW_CHANGED: Max Bandwidth changed 4255 * @STA_OPMODE_SMPS_MODE_CHANGED: SMPS mode changed 4256 * @STA_OPMODE_N_SS_CHANGED: max N_SS (number of spatial streams) changed 4257 * 4258 */ 4259 enum wiphy_opmode_flag { 4260 STA_OPMODE_MAX_BW_CHANGED = BIT(0), 4261 STA_OPMODE_SMPS_MODE_CHANGED = BIT(1), 4262 STA_OPMODE_N_SS_CHANGED = BIT(2), 4263 }; 4264 4265 /** 4266 * struct sta_opmode_info - Station's ht/vht operation mode information 4267 * @changed: contains value from &enum wiphy_opmode_flag 4268 * @smps_mode: New SMPS mode value from &enum nl80211_smps_mode of a station 4269 * @bw: new max bandwidth value from &enum nl80211_chan_width of a station 4270 * @rx_nss: new rx_nss value of a station 4271 */ 4272 4273 struct sta_opmode_info { 4274 u32 changed; 4275 enum nl80211_smps_mode smps_mode; 4276 enum nl80211_chan_width bw; 4277 u8 rx_nss; 4278 }; 4279 4280 #define VENDOR_CMD_RAW_DATA ((const struct nla_policy *)(long)(-ENODATA)) 4281 4282 /** 4283 * struct wiphy_vendor_command - vendor command definition 4284 * @info: vendor command identifying information, as used in nl80211 4285 * @flags: flags, see &enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags 4286 * @doit: callback for the operation, note that wdev is %NULL if the 4287 * flags didn't ask for a wdev and non-%NULL otherwise; the data 4288 * pointer may be %NULL if userspace provided no data at all 4289 * @dumpit: dump callback, for transferring bigger/multiple items. The 4290 * @storage points to cb->args[5], ie. is preserved over the multiple 4291 * dumpit calls. 4292 * @policy: policy pointer for attributes within %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA. 4293 * Set this to %VENDOR_CMD_RAW_DATA if no policy can be given and the 4294 * attribute is just raw data (e.g. a firmware command). 4295 * @maxattr: highest attribute number in policy 4296 * It's recommended to not have the same sub command with both @doit and 4297 * @dumpit, so that userspace can assume certain ones are get and others 4298 * are used with dump requests. 4299 */ 4300 struct wiphy_vendor_command { 4301 struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info info; 4302 u32 flags; 4303 int (*doit)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4304 const void *data, int data_len); 4305 int (*dumpit)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4306 struct sk_buff *skb, const void *data, int data_len, 4307 unsigned long *storage); 4308 const struct nla_policy *policy; 4309 unsigned int maxattr; 4310 }; 4311 4312 /** 4313 * struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab - extended capabilities per interface type 4314 * @iftype: interface type 4315 * @extended_capabilities: extended capabilities supported by the driver, 4316 * additional capabilities might be supported by userspace; these are the 4317 * 802.11 extended capabilities ("Extended Capabilities element") and are 4318 * in the same format as in the information element. See IEEE Std 4319 * 802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for the defined fields. 4320 * @extended_capabilities_mask: mask of the valid values 4321 * @extended_capabilities_len: length of the extended capabilities 4322 */ 4323 struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab { 4324 enum nl80211_iftype iftype; 4325 const u8 *extended_capabilities; 4326 const u8 *extended_capabilities_mask; 4327 u8 extended_capabilities_len; 4328 }; 4329 4330 /** 4331 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities - cfg80211 peer measurement capabilities 4332 * @max_peers: maximum number of peers in a single measurement 4333 * @report_ap_tsf: can report assoc AP's TSF for radio resource measurement 4334 * @randomize_mac_addr: can randomize MAC address for measurement 4335 * @ftm.supported: FTM measurement is supported 4336 * @ftm.asap: ASAP-mode is supported 4337 * @ftm.non_asap: non-ASAP-mode is supported 4338 * @ftm.request_lci: can request LCI data 4339 * @ftm.request_civicloc: can request civic location data 4340 * @ftm.preambles: bitmap of preambles supported (&enum nl80211_preamble) 4341 * @ftm.bandwidths: bitmap of bandwidths supported (&enum nl80211_chan_width) 4342 * @ftm.max_bursts_exponent: maximum burst exponent supported 4343 * (set to -1 if not limited; note that setting this will necessarily 4344 * forbid using the value 15 to let the responder pick) 4345 * @ftm.max_ftms_per_burst: maximum FTMs per burst supported (set to 0 if 4346 * not limited) 4347 */ 4348 struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities { 4349 unsigned int max_peers; 4350 u8 report_ap_tsf:1, 4351 randomize_mac_addr:1; 4352 4353 struct { 4354 u32 preambles; 4355 u32 bandwidths; 4356 s8 max_bursts_exponent; 4357 u8 max_ftms_per_burst; 4358 u8 supported:1, 4359 asap:1, 4360 non_asap:1, 4361 request_lci:1, 4362 request_civicloc:1; 4363 } ftm; 4364 }; 4365 4366 /** 4367 * struct wiphy - wireless hardware description 4368 * @reg_notifier: the driver's regulatory notification callback, 4369 * note that if your driver uses wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory() 4370 * the reg_notifier's request can be passed as NULL 4371 * @regd: the driver's regulatory domain, if one was requested via 4372 * the regulatory_hint() API. This can be used by the driver 4373 * on the reg_notifier() if it chooses to ignore future 4374 * regulatory domain changes caused by other drivers. 4375 * @signal_type: signal type reported in &struct cfg80211_bss. 4376 * @cipher_suites: supported cipher suites 4377 * @n_cipher_suites: number of supported cipher suites 4378 * @akm_suites: supported AKM suites 4379 * @n_akm_suites: number of supported AKM suites 4380 * @retry_short: Retry limit for short frames (dot11ShortRetryLimit) 4381 * @retry_long: Retry limit for long frames (dot11LongRetryLimit) 4382 * @frag_threshold: Fragmentation threshold (dot11FragmentationThreshold); 4383 * -1 = fragmentation disabled, only odd values >= 256 used 4384 * @rts_threshold: RTS threshold (dot11RTSThreshold); -1 = RTS/CTS disabled 4385 * @_net: the network namespace this wiphy currently lives in 4386 * @perm_addr: permanent MAC address of this device 4387 * @addr_mask: If the device supports multiple MAC addresses by masking, 4388 * set this to a mask with variable bits set to 1, e.g. if the last 4389 * four bits are variable then set it to 00-00-00-00-00-0f. The actual 4390 * variable bits shall be determined by the interfaces added, with 4391 * interfaces not matching the mask being rejected to be brought up. 4392 * @n_addresses: number of addresses in @addresses. 4393 * @addresses: If the device has more than one address, set this pointer 4394 * to a list of addresses (6 bytes each). The first one will be used 4395 * by default for perm_addr. In this case, the mask should be set to 4396 * all-zeroes. In this case it is assumed that the device can handle 4397 * the same number of arbitrary MAC addresses. 4398 * @registered: protects ->resume and ->suspend sysfs callbacks against 4399 * unregister hardware 4400 * @debugfsdir: debugfs directory used for this wiphy, will be renamed 4401 * automatically on wiphy renames 4402 * @dev: (virtual) struct device for this wiphy 4403 * @registered: helps synchronize suspend/resume with wiphy unregister 4404 * @wext: wireless extension handlers 4405 * @priv: driver private data (sized according to wiphy_new() parameter) 4406 * @interface_modes: bitmask of interfaces types valid for this wiphy, 4407 * must be set by driver 4408 * @iface_combinations: Valid interface combinations array, should not 4409 * list single interface types. 4410 * @n_iface_combinations: number of entries in @iface_combinations array. 4411 * @software_iftypes: bitmask of software interface types, these are not 4412 * subject to any restrictions since they are purely managed in SW. 4413 * @flags: wiphy flags, see &enum wiphy_flags 4414 * @regulatory_flags: wiphy regulatory flags, see 4415 * &enum ieee80211_regulatory_flags 4416 * @features: features advertised to nl80211, see &enum nl80211_feature_flags. 4417 * @ext_features: extended features advertised to nl80211, see 4418 * &enum nl80211_ext_feature_index. 4419 * @bss_priv_size: each BSS struct has private data allocated with it, 4420 * this variable determines its size 4421 * @max_scan_ssids: maximum number of SSIDs the device can scan for in 4422 * any given scan 4423 * @max_sched_scan_reqs: maximum number of scheduled scan requests that 4424 * the device can run concurrently. 4425 * @max_sched_scan_ssids: maximum number of SSIDs the device can scan 4426 * for in any given scheduled scan 4427 * @max_match_sets: maximum number of match sets the device can handle 4428 * when performing a scheduled scan, 0 if filtering is not 4429 * supported. 4430 * @max_scan_ie_len: maximum length of user-controlled IEs device can 4431 * add to probe request frames transmitted during a scan, must not 4432 * include fixed IEs like supported rates 4433 * @max_sched_scan_ie_len: same as max_scan_ie_len, but for scheduled 4434 * scans 4435 * @max_sched_scan_plans: maximum number of scan plans (scan interval and number 4436 * of iterations) for scheduled scan supported by the device. 4437 * @max_sched_scan_plan_interval: maximum interval (in seconds) for a 4438 * single scan plan supported by the device. 4439 * @max_sched_scan_plan_iterations: maximum number of iterations for a single 4440 * scan plan supported by the device. 4441 * @coverage_class: current coverage class 4442 * @fw_version: firmware version for ethtool reporting 4443 * @hw_version: hardware version for ethtool reporting 4444 * @max_num_pmkids: maximum number of PMKIDs supported by device 4445 * @privid: a pointer that drivers can use to identify if an arbitrary 4446 * wiphy is theirs, e.g. in global notifiers 4447 * @bands: information about bands/channels supported by this device 4448 * 4449 * @mgmt_stypes: bitmasks of frame subtypes that can be subscribed to or 4450 * transmitted through nl80211, points to an array indexed by interface 4451 * type 4452 * 4453 * @available_antennas_tx: bitmap of antennas which are available to be 4454 * configured as TX antennas. Antenna configuration commands will be 4455 * rejected unless this or @available_antennas_rx is set. 4456 * 4457 * @available_antennas_rx: bitmap of antennas which are available to be 4458 * configured as RX antennas. Antenna configuration commands will be 4459 * rejected unless this or @available_antennas_tx is set. 4460 * 4461 * @probe_resp_offload: 4462 * Bitmap of supported protocols for probe response offloading. 4463 * See &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr. Only valid 4464 * when the wiphy flag @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD is set. 4465 * 4466 * @max_remain_on_channel_duration: Maximum time a remain-on-channel operation 4467 * may request, if implemented. 4468 * 4469 * @wowlan: WoWLAN support information 4470 * @wowlan_config: current WoWLAN configuration; this should usually not be 4471 * used since access to it is necessarily racy, use the parameter passed 4472 * to the suspend() operation instead. 4473 * 4474 * @ap_sme_capa: AP SME capabilities, flags from &enum nl80211_ap_sme_features. 4475 * @ht_capa_mod_mask: Specify what ht_cap values can be over-ridden. 4476 * If null, then none can be over-ridden. 4477 * @vht_capa_mod_mask: Specify what VHT capabilities can be over-ridden. 4478 * If null, then none can be over-ridden. 4479 * 4480 * @wdev_list: the list of associated (virtual) interfaces; this list must 4481 * not be modified by the driver, but can be read with RTNL/RCU protection. 4482 * 4483 * @max_acl_mac_addrs: Maximum number of MAC addresses that the device 4484 * supports for ACL. 4485 * 4486 * @extended_capabilities: extended capabilities supported by the driver, 4487 * additional capabilities might be supported by userspace; these are 4488 * the 802.11 extended capabilities ("Extended Capabilities element") 4489 * and are in the same format as in the information element. See 4490 * 802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for the defined fields. These are the default 4491 * extended capabilities to be used if the capabilities are not specified 4492 * for a specific interface type in iftype_ext_capab. 4493 * @extended_capabilities_mask: mask of the valid values 4494 * @extended_capabilities_len: length of the extended capabilities 4495 * @iftype_ext_capab: array of extended capabilities per interface type 4496 * @num_iftype_ext_capab: number of interface types for which extended 4497 * capabilities are specified separately. 4498 * @coalesce: packet coalescing support information 4499 * 4500 * @vendor_commands: array of vendor commands supported by the hardware 4501 * @n_vendor_commands: number of vendor commands 4502 * @vendor_events: array of vendor events supported by the hardware 4503 * @n_vendor_events: number of vendor events 4504 * 4505 * @max_ap_assoc_sta: maximum number of associated stations supported in AP mode 4506 * (including P2P GO) or 0 to indicate no such limit is advertised. The 4507 * driver is allowed to advertise a theoretical limit that it can reach in 4508 * some cases, but may not always reach. 4509 * 4510 * @max_num_csa_counters: Number of supported csa_counters in beacons 4511 * and probe responses. This value should be set if the driver 4512 * wishes to limit the number of csa counters. Default (0) means 4513 * infinite. 4514 * @max_adj_channel_rssi_comp: max offset of between the channel on which the 4515 * frame was sent and the channel on which the frame was heard for which 4516 * the reported rssi is still valid. If a driver is able to compensate the 4517 * low rssi when a frame is heard on different channel, then it should set 4518 * this variable to the maximal offset for which it can compensate. 4519 * This value should be set in MHz. 4520 * @bss_select_support: bitmask indicating the BSS selection criteria supported 4521 * by the driver in the .connect() callback. The bit position maps to the 4522 * attribute indices defined in &enum nl80211_bss_select_attr. 4523 * 4524 * @nan_supported_bands: bands supported by the device in NAN mode, a 4525 * bitmap of &enum nl80211_band values. For instance, for 4526 * NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0 would be set 4527 * (i.e. BIT(NL80211_BAND_2GHZ)). 4528 * 4529 * @txq_limit: configuration of internal TX queue frame limit 4530 * @txq_memory_limit: configuration internal TX queue memory limit 4531 * @txq_quantum: configuration of internal TX queue scheduler quantum 4532 * 4533 * @support_mbssid: can HW support association with nontransmitted AP 4534 * @support_only_he_mbssid: don't parse MBSSID elements if it is not 4535 * HE AP, in order to avoid compatibility issues. 4536 * @support_mbssid must be set for this to have any effect. 4537 * 4538 * @pmsr_capa: peer measurement capabilities 4539 */ 4540 struct wiphy { 4541 /* assign these fields before you register the wiphy */ 4542 4543 /* permanent MAC address(es) */ 4544 u8 perm_addr[ETH_ALEN]; 4545 u8 addr_mask[ETH_ALEN]; 4546 4547 struct mac_address *addresses; 4548 4549 const struct ieee80211_txrx_stypes *mgmt_stypes; 4550 4551 const struct ieee80211_iface_combination *iface_combinations; 4552 int n_iface_combinations; 4553 u16 software_iftypes; 4554 4555 u16 n_addresses; 4556 4557 /* Supported interface modes, OR together BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_...) */ 4558 u16 interface_modes; 4559 4560 u16 max_acl_mac_addrs; 4561 4562 u32 flags, regulatory_flags, features; 4563 u8 ext_features[DIV_ROUND_UP(NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES, 8)]; 4564 4565 u32 ap_sme_capa; 4566 4567 enum cfg80211_signal_type signal_type; 4568 4569 int bss_priv_size; 4570 u8 max_scan_ssids; 4571 u8 max_sched_scan_reqs; 4572 u8 max_sched_scan_ssids; 4573 u8 max_match_sets; 4574 u16 max_scan_ie_len; 4575 u16 max_sched_scan_ie_len; 4576 u32 max_sched_scan_plans; 4577 u32 max_sched_scan_plan_interval; 4578 u32 max_sched_scan_plan_iterations; 4579 4580 int n_cipher_suites; 4581 const u32 *cipher_suites; 4582 4583 int n_akm_suites; 4584 const u32 *akm_suites; 4585 4586 u8 retry_short; 4587 u8 retry_long; 4588 u32 frag_threshold; 4589 u32 rts_threshold; 4590 u8 coverage_class; 4591 4592 char fw_version[ETHTOOL_FWVERS_LEN]; 4593 u32 hw_version; 4594 4595 #ifdef CONFIG_PM 4596 const struct wiphy_wowlan_support *wowlan; 4597 struct cfg80211_wowlan *wowlan_config; 4598 #endif 4599 4600 u16 max_remain_on_channel_duration; 4601 4602 u8 max_num_pmkids; 4603 4604 u32 available_antennas_tx; 4605 u32 available_antennas_rx; 4606 4607 /* 4608 * Bitmap of supported protocols for probe response offloading 4609 * see &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr. Only valid 4610 * when the wiphy flag @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD is set. 4611 */ 4612 u32 probe_resp_offload; 4613 4614 const u8 *extended_capabilities, *extended_capabilities_mask; 4615 u8 extended_capabilities_len; 4616 4617 const struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab *iftype_ext_capab; 4618 unsigned int num_iftype_ext_capab; 4619 4620 /* If multiple wiphys are registered and you're handed e.g. 4621 * a regular netdev with assigned ieee80211_ptr, you won't 4622 * know whether it points to a wiphy your driver has registered 4623 * or not. Assign this to something global to your driver to 4624 * help determine whether you own this wiphy or not. */ 4625 const void *privid; 4626 4627 struct ieee80211_supported_band *bands[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 4628 4629 /* Lets us get back the wiphy on the callback */ 4630 void (*reg_notifier)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4631 struct regulatory_request *request); 4632 4633 /* fields below are read-only, assigned by cfg80211 */ 4634 4635 const struct ieee80211_regdomain __rcu *regd; 4636 4637 /* the item in /sys/class/ieee80211/ points to this, 4638 * you need use set_wiphy_dev() (see below) */ 4639 struct device dev; 4640 4641 /* protects ->resume, ->suspend sysfs callbacks against unregister hw */ 4642 bool registered; 4643 4644 /* dir in debugfs: ieee80211/<wiphyname> */ 4645 struct dentry *debugfsdir; 4646 4647 const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_capa_mod_mask; 4648 const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_capa_mod_mask; 4649 4650 struct list_head wdev_list; 4651 4652 /* the network namespace this phy lives in currently */ 4653 possible_net_t _net; 4654 4655 #ifdef CONFIG_CFG80211_WEXT 4656 const struct iw_handler_def *wext; 4657 #endif 4658 4659 const struct wiphy_coalesce_support *coalesce; 4660 4661 const struct wiphy_vendor_command *vendor_commands; 4662 const struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info *vendor_events; 4663 int n_vendor_commands, n_vendor_events; 4664 4665 u16 max_ap_assoc_sta; 4666 4667 u8 max_num_csa_counters; 4668 u8 max_adj_channel_rssi_comp; 4669 4670 u32 bss_select_support; 4671 4672 u8 nan_supported_bands; 4673 4674 u32 txq_limit; 4675 u32 txq_memory_limit; 4676 u32 txq_quantum; 4677 4678 u8 support_mbssid:1, 4679 support_only_he_mbssid:1; 4680 4681 const struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities *pmsr_capa; 4682 4683 char priv[0] __aligned(NETDEV_ALIGN); 4684 }; 4685 4686 static inline struct net *wiphy_net(struct wiphy *wiphy) 4687 { 4688 return read_pnet(&wiphy->_net); 4689 } 4690 4691 static inline void wiphy_net_set(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net *net) 4692 { 4693 write_pnet(&wiphy->_net, net); 4694 } 4695 4696 /** 4697 * wiphy_priv - return priv from wiphy 4698 * 4699 * @wiphy: the wiphy whose priv pointer to return 4700 * Return: The priv of @wiphy. 4701 */ 4702 static inline void *wiphy_priv(struct wiphy *wiphy) 4703 { 4704 BUG_ON(!wiphy); 4705 return &wiphy->priv; 4706 } 4707 4708 /** 4709 * priv_to_wiphy - return the wiphy containing the priv 4710 * 4711 * @priv: a pointer previously returned by wiphy_priv 4712 * Return: The wiphy of @priv. 4713 */ 4714 static inline struct wiphy *priv_to_wiphy(void *priv) 4715 { 4716 BUG_ON(!priv); 4717 return container_of(priv, struct wiphy, priv); 4718 } 4719 4720 /** 4721 * set_wiphy_dev - set device pointer for wiphy 4722 * 4723 * @wiphy: The wiphy whose device to bind 4724 * @dev: The device to parent it to 4725 */ 4726 static inline void set_wiphy_dev(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct device *dev) 4727 { 4728 wiphy->dev.parent = dev; 4729 } 4730 4731 /** 4732 * wiphy_dev - get wiphy dev pointer 4733 * 4734 * @wiphy: The wiphy whose device struct to look up 4735 * Return: The dev of @wiphy. 4736 */ 4737 static inline struct device *wiphy_dev(struct wiphy *wiphy) 4738 { 4739 return wiphy->dev.parent; 4740 } 4741 4742 /** 4743 * wiphy_name - get wiphy name 4744 * 4745 * @wiphy: The wiphy whose name to return 4746 * Return: The name of @wiphy. 4747 */ 4748 static inline const char *wiphy_name(const struct wiphy *wiphy) 4749 { 4750 return dev_name(&wiphy->dev); 4751 } 4752 4753 /** 4754 * wiphy_new_nm - create a new wiphy for use with cfg80211 4755 * 4756 * @ops: The configuration operations for this device 4757 * @sizeof_priv: The size of the private area to allocate 4758 * @requested_name: Request a particular name. 4759 * NULL is valid value, and means use the default phy%d naming. 4760 * 4761 * Create a new wiphy and associate the given operations with it. 4762 * @sizeof_priv bytes are allocated for private use. 4763 * 4764 * Return: A pointer to the new wiphy. This pointer must be 4765 * assigned to each netdev's ieee80211_ptr for proper operation. 4766 */ 4767 struct wiphy *wiphy_new_nm(const struct cfg80211_ops *ops, int sizeof_priv, 4768 const char *requested_name); 4769 4770 /** 4771 * wiphy_new - create a new wiphy for use with cfg80211 4772 * 4773 * @ops: The configuration operations for this device 4774 * @sizeof_priv: The size of the private area to allocate 4775 * 4776 * Create a new wiphy and associate the given operations with it. 4777 * @sizeof_priv bytes are allocated for private use. 4778 * 4779 * Return: A pointer to the new wiphy. This pointer must be 4780 * assigned to each netdev's ieee80211_ptr for proper operation. 4781 */ 4782 static inline struct wiphy *wiphy_new(const struct cfg80211_ops *ops, 4783 int sizeof_priv) 4784 { 4785 return wiphy_new_nm(ops, sizeof_priv, NULL); 4786 } 4787 4788 /** 4789 * wiphy_register - register a wiphy with cfg80211 4790 * 4791 * @wiphy: The wiphy to register. 4792 * 4793 * Return: A non-negative wiphy index or a negative error code. 4794 */ 4795 int wiphy_register(struct wiphy *wiphy); 4796 4797 /** 4798 * wiphy_unregister - deregister a wiphy from cfg80211 4799 * 4800 * @wiphy: The wiphy to unregister. 4801 * 4802 * After this call, no more requests can be made with this priv 4803 * pointer, but the call may sleep to wait for an outstanding 4804 * request that is being handled. 4805 */ 4806 void wiphy_unregister(struct wiphy *wiphy); 4807 4808 /** 4809 * wiphy_free - free wiphy 4810 * 4811 * @wiphy: The wiphy to free 4812 */ 4813 void wiphy_free(struct wiphy *wiphy); 4814 4815 /* internal structs */ 4816 struct cfg80211_conn; 4817 struct cfg80211_internal_bss; 4818 struct cfg80211_cached_keys; 4819 struct cfg80211_cqm_config; 4820 4821 /** 4822 * struct wireless_dev - wireless device state 4823 * 4824 * For netdevs, this structure must be allocated by the driver 4825 * that uses the ieee80211_ptr field in struct net_device (this 4826 * is intentional so it can be allocated along with the netdev.) 4827 * It need not be registered then as netdev registration will 4828 * be intercepted by cfg80211 to see the new wireless device. 4829 * 4830 * For non-netdev uses, it must also be allocated by the driver 4831 * in response to the cfg80211 callbacks that require it, as 4832 * there's no netdev registration in that case it may not be 4833 * allocated outside of callback operations that return it. 4834 * 4835 * @wiphy: pointer to hardware description 4836 * @iftype: interface type 4837 * @list: (private) Used to collect the interfaces 4838 * @netdev: (private) Used to reference back to the netdev, may be %NULL 4839 * @identifier: (private) Identifier used in nl80211 to identify this 4840 * wireless device if it has no netdev 4841 * @current_bss: (private) Used by the internal configuration code 4842 * @chandef: (private) Used by the internal configuration code to track 4843 * the user-set channel definition. 4844 * @preset_chandef: (private) Used by the internal configuration code to 4845 * track the channel to be used for AP later 4846 * @bssid: (private) Used by the internal configuration code 4847 * @ssid: (private) Used by the internal configuration code 4848 * @ssid_len: (private) Used by the internal configuration code 4849 * @mesh_id_len: (private) Used by the internal configuration code 4850 * @mesh_id_up_len: (private) Used by the internal configuration code 4851 * @wext: (private) Used by the internal wireless extensions compat code 4852 * @wext.ibss: (private) IBSS data part of wext handling 4853 * @wext.connect: (private) connection handling data 4854 * @wext.keys: (private) (WEP) key data 4855 * @wext.ie: (private) extra elements for association 4856 * @wext.ie_len: (private) length of extra elements 4857 * @wext.bssid: (private) selected network BSSID 4858 * @wext.ssid: (private) selected network SSID 4859 * @wext.default_key: (private) selected default key index 4860 * @wext.default_mgmt_key: (private) selected default management key index 4861 * @wext.prev_bssid: (private) previous BSSID for reassociation 4862 * @wext.prev_bssid_valid: (private) previous BSSID validity 4863 * @use_4addr: indicates 4addr mode is used on this interface, must be 4864 * set by driver (if supported) on add_interface BEFORE registering the 4865 * netdev and may otherwise be used by driver read-only, will be update 4866 * by cfg80211 on change_interface 4867 * @mgmt_registrations: list of registrations for management frames 4868 * @mgmt_registrations_lock: lock for the list 4869 * @mtx: mutex used to lock data in this struct, may be used by drivers 4870 * and some API functions require it held 4871 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval used on this device for transmitting 4872 * beacons, 0 when not valid 4873 * @address: The address for this device, valid only if @netdev is %NULL 4874 * @is_running: true if this is a non-netdev device that has been started, e.g. 4875 * the P2P Device. 4876 * @cac_started: true if DFS channel availability check has been started 4877 * @cac_start_time: timestamp (jiffies) when the dfs state was entered. 4878 * @cac_time_ms: CAC time in ms 4879 * @ps: powersave mode is enabled 4880 * @ps_timeout: dynamic powersave timeout 4881 * @ap_unexpected_nlportid: (private) netlink port ID of application 4882 * registered for unexpected class 3 frames (AP mode) 4883 * @conn: (private) cfg80211 software SME connection state machine data 4884 * @connect_keys: (private) keys to set after connection is established 4885 * @conn_bss_type: connecting/connected BSS type 4886 * @conn_owner_nlportid: (private) connection owner socket port ID 4887 * @disconnect_wk: (private) auto-disconnect work 4888 * @disconnect_bssid: (private) the BSSID to use for auto-disconnect 4889 * @ibss_fixed: (private) IBSS is using fixed BSSID 4890 * @ibss_dfs_possible: (private) IBSS may change to a DFS channel 4891 * @event_list: (private) list for internal event processing 4892 * @event_lock: (private) lock for event list 4893 * @owner_nlportid: (private) owner socket port ID 4894 * @nl_owner_dead: (private) owner socket went away 4895 * @cqm_config: (private) nl80211 RSSI monitor state 4896 * @pmsr_list: (private) peer measurement requests 4897 * @pmsr_lock: (private) peer measurements requests/results lock 4898 * @pmsr_free_wk: (private) peer measurements cleanup work 4899 */ 4900 struct wireless_dev { 4901 struct wiphy *wiphy; 4902 enum nl80211_iftype iftype; 4903 4904 /* the remainder of this struct should be private to cfg80211 */ 4905 struct list_head list; 4906 struct net_device *netdev; 4907 4908 u32 identifier; 4909 4910 struct list_head mgmt_registrations; 4911 spinlock_t mgmt_registrations_lock; 4912 4913 struct mutex mtx; 4914 4915 bool use_4addr, is_running; 4916 4917 u8 address[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(sizeof(u16)); 4918 4919 /* currently used for IBSS and SME - might be rearranged later */ 4920 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; 4921 u8 ssid_len, mesh_id_len, mesh_id_up_len; 4922 struct cfg80211_conn *conn; 4923 struct cfg80211_cached_keys *connect_keys; 4924 enum ieee80211_bss_type conn_bss_type; 4925 u32 conn_owner_nlportid; 4926 4927 struct work_struct disconnect_wk; 4928 u8 disconnect_bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 4929 4930 struct list_head event_list; 4931 spinlock_t event_lock; 4932 4933 struct cfg80211_internal_bss *current_bss; /* associated / joined */ 4934 struct cfg80211_chan_def preset_chandef; 4935 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 4936 4937 bool ibss_fixed; 4938 bool ibss_dfs_possible; 4939 4940 bool ps; 4941 int ps_timeout; 4942 4943 int beacon_interval; 4944 4945 u32 ap_unexpected_nlportid; 4946 4947 u32 owner_nlportid; 4948 bool nl_owner_dead; 4949 4950 bool cac_started; 4951 unsigned long cac_start_time; 4952 unsigned int cac_time_ms; 4953 4954 #ifdef CONFIG_CFG80211_WEXT 4955 /* wext data */ 4956 struct { 4957 struct cfg80211_ibss_params ibss; 4958 struct cfg80211_connect_params connect; 4959 struct cfg80211_cached_keys *keys; 4960 const u8 *ie; 4961 size_t ie_len; 4962 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 4963 u8 prev_bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 4964 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; 4965 s8 default_key, default_mgmt_key; 4966 bool prev_bssid_valid; 4967 } wext; 4968 #endif 4969 4970 struct cfg80211_cqm_config *cqm_config; 4971 4972 struct list_head pmsr_list; 4973 spinlock_t pmsr_lock; 4974 struct work_struct pmsr_free_wk; 4975 }; 4976 4977 static inline u8 *wdev_address(struct wireless_dev *wdev) 4978 { 4979 if (wdev->netdev) 4980 return wdev->netdev->dev_addr; 4981 return wdev->address; 4982 } 4983 4984 static inline bool wdev_running(struct wireless_dev *wdev) 4985 { 4986 if (wdev->netdev) 4987 return netif_running(wdev->netdev); 4988 return wdev->is_running; 4989 } 4990 4991 /** 4992 * wdev_priv - return wiphy priv from wireless_dev 4993 * 4994 * @wdev: The wireless device whose wiphy's priv pointer to return 4995 * Return: The wiphy priv of @wdev. 4996 */ 4997 static inline void *wdev_priv(struct wireless_dev *wdev) 4998 { 4999 BUG_ON(!wdev); 5000 return wiphy_priv(wdev->wiphy); 5001 } 5002 5003 /** 5004 * DOC: Utility functions 5005 * 5006 * cfg80211 offers a number of utility functions that can be useful. 5007 */ 5008 5009 /** 5010 * ieee80211_channel_to_frequency - convert channel number to frequency 5011 * @chan: channel number 5012 * @band: band, necessary due to channel number overlap 5013 * Return: The corresponding frequency (in MHz), or 0 if the conversion failed. 5014 */ 5015 int ieee80211_channel_to_frequency(int chan, enum nl80211_band band); 5016 5017 /** 5018 * ieee80211_frequency_to_channel - convert frequency to channel number 5019 * @freq: center frequency 5020 * Return: The corresponding channel, or 0 if the conversion failed. 5021 */ 5022 int ieee80211_frequency_to_channel(int freq); 5023 5024 /** 5025 * ieee80211_get_channel - get channel struct from wiphy for specified frequency 5026 * 5027 * @wiphy: the struct wiphy to get the channel for 5028 * @freq: the center frequency of the channel 5029 * 5030 * Return: The channel struct from @wiphy at @freq. 5031 */ 5032 struct ieee80211_channel *ieee80211_get_channel(struct wiphy *wiphy, int freq); 5033 5034 /** 5035 * ieee80211_get_response_rate - get basic rate for a given rate 5036 * 5037 * @sband: the band to look for rates in 5038 * @basic_rates: bitmap of basic rates 5039 * @bitrate: the bitrate for which to find the basic rate 5040 * 5041 * Return: The basic rate corresponding to a given bitrate, that 5042 * is the next lower bitrate contained in the basic rate map, 5043 * which is, for this function, given as a bitmap of indices of 5044 * rates in the band's bitrate table. 5045 */ 5046 struct ieee80211_rate * 5047 ieee80211_get_response_rate(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 5048 u32 basic_rates, int bitrate); 5049 5050 /** 5051 * ieee80211_mandatory_rates - get mandatory rates for a given band 5052 * @sband: the band to look for rates in 5053 * @scan_width: width of the control channel 5054 * 5055 * This function returns a bitmap of the mandatory rates for the given 5056 * band, bits are set according to the rate position in the bitrates array. 5057 */ 5058 u32 ieee80211_mandatory_rates(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 5059 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width); 5060 5061 /* 5062 * Radiotap parsing functions -- for controlled injection support 5063 * 5064 * Implemented in net/wireless/radiotap.c 5065 * Documentation in Documentation/networking/radiotap-headers.txt 5066 */ 5067 5068 struct radiotap_align_size { 5069 uint8_t align:4, size:4; 5070 }; 5071 5072 struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace { 5073 const struct radiotap_align_size *align_size; 5074 int n_bits; 5075 uint32_t oui; 5076 uint8_t subns; 5077 }; 5078 5079 struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces { 5080 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace *ns; 5081 int n_ns; 5082 }; 5083 5084 /** 5085 * struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator - tracks walk thru present radiotap args 5086 * @this_arg_index: index of current arg, valid after each successful call 5087 * to ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next() 5088 * @this_arg: pointer to current radiotap arg; it is valid after each 5089 * call to ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next() but also after 5090 * ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_init() where it will point to 5091 * the beginning of the actual data portion 5092 * @this_arg_size: length of the current arg, for convenience 5093 * @current_namespace: pointer to the current namespace definition 5094 * (or internally %NULL if the current namespace is unknown) 5095 * @is_radiotap_ns: indicates whether the current namespace is the default 5096 * radiotap namespace or not 5097 * 5098 * @_rtheader: pointer to the radiotap header we are walking through 5099 * @_max_length: length of radiotap header in cpu byte ordering 5100 * @_arg_index: next argument index 5101 * @_arg: next argument pointer 5102 * @_next_bitmap: internal pointer to next present u32 5103 * @_bitmap_shifter: internal shifter for curr u32 bitmap, b0 set == arg present 5104 * @_vns: vendor namespace definitions 5105 * @_next_ns_data: beginning of the next namespace's data 5106 * @_reset_on_ext: internal; reset the arg index to 0 when going to the 5107 * next bitmap word 5108 * 5109 * Describes the radiotap parser state. Fields prefixed with an underscore 5110 * must not be used by users of the parser, only by the parser internally. 5111 */ 5112 5113 struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator { 5114 struct ieee80211_radiotap_header *_rtheader; 5115 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces *_vns; 5116 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace *current_namespace; 5117 5118 unsigned char *_arg, *_next_ns_data; 5119 __le32 *_next_bitmap; 5120 5121 unsigned char *this_arg; 5122 int this_arg_index; 5123 int this_arg_size; 5124 5125 int is_radiotap_ns; 5126 5127 int _max_length; 5128 int _arg_index; 5129 uint32_t _bitmap_shifter; 5130 int _reset_on_ext; 5131 }; 5132 5133 int 5134 ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_init(struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator *iterator, 5135 struct ieee80211_radiotap_header *radiotap_header, 5136 int max_length, 5137 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces *vns); 5138 5139 int 5140 ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next(struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator *iterator); 5141 5142 5143 extern const unsigned char rfc1042_header[6]; 5144 extern const unsigned char bridge_tunnel_header[6]; 5145 5146 /** 5147 * ieee80211_get_hdrlen_from_skb - get header length from data 5148 * 5149 * @skb: the frame 5150 * 5151 * Given an skb with a raw 802.11 header at the data pointer this function 5152 * returns the 802.11 header length. 5153 * 5154 * Return: The 802.11 header length in bytes (not including encryption 5155 * headers). Or 0 if the data in the sk_buff is too short to contain a valid 5156 * 802.11 header. 5157 */ 5158 unsigned int ieee80211_get_hdrlen_from_skb(const struct sk_buff *skb); 5159 5160 /** 5161 * ieee80211_hdrlen - get header length in bytes from frame control 5162 * @fc: frame control field in little-endian format 5163 * Return: The header length in bytes. 5164 */ 5165 unsigned int __attribute_const__ ieee80211_hdrlen(__le16 fc); 5166 5167 /** 5168 * ieee80211_get_mesh_hdrlen - get mesh extension header length 5169 * @meshhdr: the mesh extension header, only the flags field 5170 * (first byte) will be accessed 5171 * Return: The length of the extension header, which is always at 5172 * least 6 bytes and at most 18 if address 5 and 6 are present. 5173 */ 5174 unsigned int ieee80211_get_mesh_hdrlen(struct ieee80211s_hdr *meshhdr); 5175 5176 /** 5177 * DOC: Data path helpers 5178 * 5179 * In addition to generic utilities, cfg80211 also offers 5180 * functions that help implement the data path for devices 5181 * that do not do the 802.11/802.3 conversion on the device. 5182 */ 5183 5184 /** 5185 * ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr - convert an 802.11 data frame to 802.3 5186 * @skb: the 802.11 data frame 5187 * @ehdr: pointer to a &struct ethhdr that will get the header, instead 5188 * of it being pushed into the SKB 5189 * @addr: the device MAC address 5190 * @iftype: the virtual interface type 5191 * @data_offset: offset of payload after the 802.11 header 5192 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error. 5193 */ 5194 int ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr(struct sk_buff *skb, struct ethhdr *ehdr, 5195 const u8 *addr, enum nl80211_iftype iftype, 5196 u8 data_offset); 5197 5198 /** 5199 * ieee80211_data_to_8023 - convert an 802.11 data frame to 802.3 5200 * @skb: the 802.11 data frame 5201 * @addr: the device MAC address 5202 * @iftype: the virtual interface type 5203 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error. 5204 */ 5205 static inline int ieee80211_data_to_8023(struct sk_buff *skb, const u8 *addr, 5206 enum nl80211_iftype iftype) 5207 { 5208 return ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr(skb, NULL, addr, iftype, 0); 5209 } 5210 5211 /** 5212 * ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s - decode an IEEE 802.11n A-MSDU frame 5213 * 5214 * Decode an IEEE 802.11 A-MSDU and convert it to a list of 802.3 frames. 5215 * The @list will be empty if the decode fails. The @skb must be fully 5216 * header-less before being passed in here; it is freed in this function. 5217 * 5218 * @skb: The input A-MSDU frame without any headers. 5219 * @list: The output list of 802.3 frames. It must be allocated and 5220 * initialized by by the caller. 5221 * @addr: The device MAC address. 5222 * @iftype: The device interface type. 5223 * @extra_headroom: The hardware extra headroom for SKBs in the @list. 5224 * @check_da: DA to check in the inner ethernet header, or NULL 5225 * @check_sa: SA to check in the inner ethernet header, or NULL 5226 */ 5227 void ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s(struct sk_buff *skb, struct sk_buff_head *list, 5228 const u8 *addr, enum nl80211_iftype iftype, 5229 const unsigned int extra_headroom, 5230 const u8 *check_da, const u8 *check_sa); 5231 5232 /** 5233 * cfg80211_classify8021d - determine the 802.1p/1d tag for a data frame 5234 * @skb: the data frame 5235 * @qos_map: Interworking QoS mapping or %NULL if not in use 5236 * Return: The 802.1p/1d tag. 5237 */ 5238 unsigned int cfg80211_classify8021d(struct sk_buff *skb, 5239 struct cfg80211_qos_map *qos_map); 5240 5241 /** 5242 * cfg80211_find_elem_match - match information element and byte array in data 5243 * 5244 * @eid: element ID 5245 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 5246 * @len: length of data 5247 * @match: byte array to match 5248 * @match_len: number of bytes in the match array 5249 * @match_offset: offset in the IE data where the byte array should match. 5250 * Note the difference to cfg80211_find_ie_match() which considers 5251 * the offset to start from the element ID byte, but here we take 5252 * the data portion instead. 5253 * 5254 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if 5255 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 5256 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the 5257 * requested element struct. 5258 * 5259 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 5260 * having to fit into the given data and being large enough for the 5261 * byte array to match. 5262 */ 5263 const struct element * 5264 cfg80211_find_elem_match(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, unsigned int len, 5265 const u8 *match, unsigned int match_len, 5266 unsigned int match_offset); 5267 5268 /** 5269 * cfg80211_find_ie_match - match information element and byte array in data 5270 * 5271 * @eid: element ID 5272 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 5273 * @len: length of data 5274 * @match: byte array to match 5275 * @match_len: number of bytes in the match array 5276 * @match_offset: offset in the IE where the byte array should match. 5277 * If match_len is zero, this must also be set to zero. 5278 * Otherwise this must be set to 2 or more, because the first 5279 * byte is the element id, which is already compared to eid, and 5280 * the second byte is the IE length. 5281 * 5282 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if 5283 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 5284 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match, or a pointer to the first 5285 * byte of the requested element, that is the byte containing the 5286 * element ID. 5287 * 5288 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 5289 * having to fit into the given data and being large enough for the 5290 * byte array to match. 5291 */ 5292 static inline const u8 * 5293 cfg80211_find_ie_match(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, unsigned int len, 5294 const u8 *match, unsigned int match_len, 5295 unsigned int match_offset) 5296 { 5297 /* match_offset can't be smaller than 2, unless match_len is 5298 * zero, in which case match_offset must be zero as well. 5299 */ 5300 if (WARN_ON((match_len && match_offset < 2) || 5301 (!match_len && match_offset))) 5302 return NULL; 5303 5304 return (void *)cfg80211_find_elem_match(eid, ies, len, 5305 match, match_len, 5306 match_offset ? 5307 match_offset - 2 : 0); 5308 } 5309 5310 /** 5311 * cfg80211_find_elem - find information element in data 5312 * 5313 * @eid: element ID 5314 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 5315 * @len: length of data 5316 * 5317 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if 5318 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 5319 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the 5320 * requested element struct. 5321 * 5322 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 5323 * having to fit into the given data. 5324 */ 5325 static inline const struct element * 5326 cfg80211_find_elem(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, int len) 5327 { 5328 return cfg80211_find_elem_match(eid, ies, len, NULL, 0, 0); 5329 } 5330 5331 /** 5332 * cfg80211_find_ie - find information element in data 5333 * 5334 * @eid: element ID 5335 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 5336 * @len: length of data 5337 * 5338 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if 5339 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 5340 * data), or a pointer to the first byte of the requested 5341 * element, that is the byte containing the element ID. 5342 * 5343 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 5344 * having to fit into the given data. 5345 */ 5346 static inline const u8 *cfg80211_find_ie(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, int len) 5347 { 5348 return cfg80211_find_ie_match(eid, ies, len, NULL, 0, 0); 5349 } 5350 5351 /** 5352 * cfg80211_find_ext_elem - find information element with EID Extension in data 5353 * 5354 * @ext_eid: element ID Extension 5355 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 5356 * @len: length of data 5357 * 5358 * Return: %NULL if the etended element could not be found or if 5359 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 5360 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the 5361 * requested element struct. 5362 * 5363 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 5364 * having to fit into the given data. 5365 */ 5366 static inline const struct element * 5367 cfg80211_find_ext_elem(u8 ext_eid, const u8 *ies, int len) 5368 { 5369 return cfg80211_find_elem_match(WLAN_EID_EXTENSION, ies, len, 5370 &ext_eid, 1, 0); 5371 } 5372 5373 /** 5374 * cfg80211_find_ext_ie - find information element with EID Extension in data 5375 * 5376 * @ext_eid: element ID Extension 5377 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 5378 * @len: length of data 5379 * 5380 * Return: %NULL if the extended element ID could not be found or if 5381 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 5382 * data), or a pointer to the first byte of the requested 5383 * element, that is the byte containing the element ID. 5384 * 5385 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 5386 * having to fit into the given data. 5387 */ 5388 static inline const u8 *cfg80211_find_ext_ie(u8 ext_eid, const u8 *ies, int len) 5389 { 5390 return cfg80211_find_ie_match(WLAN_EID_EXTENSION, ies, len, 5391 &ext_eid, 1, 2); 5392 } 5393 5394 /** 5395 * cfg80211_find_vendor_elem - find vendor specific information element in data 5396 * 5397 * @oui: vendor OUI 5398 * @oui_type: vendor-specific OUI type (must be < 0xff), negative means any 5399 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 5400 * @len: length of data 5401 * 5402 * Return: %NULL if the vendor specific element ID could not be found or if the 5403 * element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given data); otherwise 5404 * return the element structure for the requested element. 5405 * 5406 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than having to fit into 5407 * the given data. 5408 */ 5409 const struct element *cfg80211_find_vendor_elem(unsigned int oui, int oui_type, 5410 const u8 *ies, 5411 unsigned int len); 5412 5413 /** 5414 * cfg80211_find_vendor_ie - find vendor specific information element in data 5415 * 5416 * @oui: vendor OUI 5417 * @oui_type: vendor-specific OUI type (must be < 0xff), negative means any 5418 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 5419 * @len: length of data 5420 * 5421 * Return: %NULL if the vendor specific element ID could not be found or if the 5422 * element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given data), or a pointer to 5423 * the first byte of the requested element, that is the byte containing the 5424 * element ID. 5425 * 5426 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than having to fit into 5427 * the given data. 5428 */ 5429 static inline const u8 * 5430 cfg80211_find_vendor_ie(unsigned int oui, int oui_type, 5431 const u8 *ies, unsigned int len) 5432 { 5433 return (void *)cfg80211_find_vendor_elem(oui, oui_type, ies, len); 5434 } 5435 5436 /** 5437 * cfg80211_send_layer2_update - send layer 2 update frame 5438 * 5439 * @dev: network device 5440 * @addr: STA MAC address 5441 * 5442 * Wireless drivers can use this function to update forwarding tables in bridge 5443 * devices upon STA association. 5444 */ 5445 void cfg80211_send_layer2_update(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr); 5446 5447 /** 5448 * DOC: Regulatory enforcement infrastructure 5449 * 5450 * TODO 5451 */ 5452 5453 /** 5454 * regulatory_hint - driver hint to the wireless core a regulatory domain 5455 * @wiphy: the wireless device giving the hint (used only for reporting 5456 * conflicts) 5457 * @alpha2: the ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 the driver claims its regulatory domain 5458 * should be in. If @rd is set this should be NULL. Note that if you 5459 * set this to NULL you should still set rd->alpha2 to some accepted 5460 * alpha2. 5461 * 5462 * Wireless drivers can use this function to hint to the wireless core 5463 * what it believes should be the current regulatory domain by 5464 * giving it an ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 country code it knows its regulatory 5465 * domain should be in or by providing a completely build regulatory domain. 5466 * If the driver provides an ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 userspace will be queried 5467 * for a regulatory domain structure for the respective country. 5468 * 5469 * The wiphy must have been registered to cfg80211 prior to this call. 5470 * For cfg80211 drivers this means you must first use wiphy_register(), 5471 * for mac80211 drivers you must first use ieee80211_register_hw(). 5472 * 5473 * Drivers should check the return value, its possible you can get 5474 * an -ENOMEM. 5475 * 5476 * Return: 0 on success. -ENOMEM. 5477 */ 5478 int regulatory_hint(struct wiphy *wiphy, const char *alpha2); 5479 5480 /** 5481 * regulatory_set_wiphy_regd - set regdom info for self managed drivers 5482 * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on 5483 * @rd: the regulatory domain informatoin to use for this wiphy 5484 * 5485 * Set the regulatory domain information for self-managed wiphys, only they 5486 * may use this function. See %REGULATORY_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED for more 5487 * information. 5488 * 5489 * Return: 0 on success. -EINVAL, -EPERM 5490 */ 5491 int regulatory_set_wiphy_regd(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5492 struct ieee80211_regdomain *rd); 5493 5494 /** 5495 * regulatory_set_wiphy_regd_sync_rtnl - set regdom for self-managed drivers 5496 * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on 5497 * @rd: the regulatory domain information to use for this wiphy 5498 * 5499 * This functions requires the RTNL to be held and applies the new regdomain 5500 * synchronously to this wiphy. For more details see 5501 * regulatory_set_wiphy_regd(). 5502 * 5503 * Return: 0 on success. -EINVAL, -EPERM 5504 */ 5505 int regulatory_set_wiphy_regd_sync_rtnl(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5506 struct ieee80211_regdomain *rd); 5507 5508 /** 5509 * wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory - apply a custom driver regulatory domain 5510 * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on 5511 * @regd: the custom regulatory domain to use for this wiphy 5512 * 5513 * Drivers can sometimes have custom regulatory domains which do not apply 5514 * to a specific country. Drivers can use this to apply such custom regulatory 5515 * domains. This routine must be called prior to wiphy registration. The 5516 * custom regulatory domain will be trusted completely and as such previous 5517 * default channel settings will be disregarded. If no rule is found for a 5518 * channel on the regulatory domain the channel will be disabled. 5519 * Drivers using this for a wiphy should also set the wiphy flag 5520 * REGULATORY_CUSTOM_REG or cfg80211 will set it for the wiphy 5521 * that called this helper. 5522 */ 5523 void wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5524 const struct ieee80211_regdomain *regd); 5525 5526 /** 5527 * freq_reg_info - get regulatory information for the given frequency 5528 * @wiphy: the wiphy for which we want to process this rule for 5529 * @center_freq: Frequency in KHz for which we want regulatory information for 5530 * 5531 * Use this function to get the regulatory rule for a specific frequency on 5532 * a given wireless device. If the device has a specific regulatory domain 5533 * it wants to follow we respect that unless a country IE has been received 5534 * and processed already. 5535 * 5536 * Return: A valid pointer, or, when an error occurs, for example if no rule 5537 * can be found, the return value is encoded using ERR_PTR(). Use IS_ERR() to 5538 * check and PTR_ERR() to obtain the numeric return value. The numeric return 5539 * value will be -ERANGE if we determine the given center_freq does not even 5540 * have a regulatory rule for a frequency range in the center_freq's band. 5541 * See freq_in_rule_band() for our current definition of a band -- this is 5542 * purely subjective and right now it's 802.11 specific. 5543 */ 5544 const struct ieee80211_reg_rule *freq_reg_info(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5545 u32 center_freq); 5546 5547 /** 5548 * reg_initiator_name - map regulatory request initiator enum to name 5549 * @initiator: the regulatory request initiator 5550 * 5551 * You can use this to map the regulatory request initiator enum to a 5552 * proper string representation. 5553 */ 5554 const char *reg_initiator_name(enum nl80211_reg_initiator initiator); 5555 5556 /** 5557 * regulatory_pre_cac_allowed - check if pre-CAC allowed in the current regdom 5558 * @wiphy: wiphy for which pre-CAC capability is checked. 5559 * 5560 * Pre-CAC is allowed only in some regdomains (notable ETSI). 5561 */ 5562 bool regulatory_pre_cac_allowed(struct wiphy *wiphy); 5563 5564 /** 5565 * DOC: Internal regulatory db functions 5566 * 5567 */ 5568 5569 /** 5570 * reg_query_regdb_wmm - Query internal regulatory db for wmm rule 5571 * Regulatory self-managed driver can use it to proactively 5572 * 5573 * @alpha2: the ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 wmm rule to be queried. 5574 * @freq: the freqency(in MHz) to be queried. 5575 * @rule: pointer to store the wmm rule from the regulatory db. 5576 * 5577 * Self-managed wireless drivers can use this function to query 5578 * the internal regulatory database to check whether the given 5579 * ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 country and freq have wmm rule limitations. 5580 * 5581 * Drivers should check the return value, its possible you can get 5582 * an -ENODATA. 5583 * 5584 * Return: 0 on success. -ENODATA. 5585 */ 5586 int reg_query_regdb_wmm(char *alpha2, int freq, 5587 struct ieee80211_reg_rule *rule); 5588 5589 /* 5590 * callbacks for asynchronous cfg80211 methods, notification 5591 * functions and BSS handling helpers 5592 */ 5593 5594 /** 5595 * cfg80211_scan_done - notify that scan finished 5596 * 5597 * @request: the corresponding scan request 5598 * @info: information about the completed scan 5599 */ 5600 void cfg80211_scan_done(struct cfg80211_scan_request *request, 5601 struct cfg80211_scan_info *info); 5602 5603 /** 5604 * cfg80211_sched_scan_results - notify that new scan results are available 5605 * 5606 * @wiphy: the wiphy which got scheduled scan results 5607 * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request 5608 */ 5609 void cfg80211_sched_scan_results(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid); 5610 5611 /** 5612 * cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped - notify that the scheduled scan has stopped 5613 * 5614 * @wiphy: the wiphy on which the scheduled scan stopped 5615 * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request 5616 * 5617 * The driver can call this function to inform cfg80211 that the 5618 * scheduled scan had to be stopped, for whatever reason. The driver 5619 * is then called back via the sched_scan_stop operation when done. 5620 */ 5621 void cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid); 5622 5623 /** 5624 * cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped_rtnl - notify that the scheduled scan has stopped 5625 * 5626 * @wiphy: the wiphy on which the scheduled scan stopped 5627 * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request 5628 * 5629 * The driver can call this function to inform cfg80211 that the 5630 * scheduled scan had to be stopped, for whatever reason. The driver 5631 * is then called back via the sched_scan_stop operation when done. 5632 * This function should be called with rtnl locked. 5633 */ 5634 void cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped_rtnl(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid); 5635 5636 /** 5637 * cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data - inform cfg80211 of a received BSS frame 5638 * @wiphy: the wiphy reporting the BSS 5639 * @data: the BSS metadata 5640 * @mgmt: the management frame (probe response or beacon) 5641 * @len: length of the management frame 5642 * @gfp: context flags 5643 * 5644 * This informs cfg80211 that BSS information was found and 5645 * the BSS should be updated/added. 5646 * 5647 * Return: A referenced struct, must be released with cfg80211_put_bss()! 5648 * Or %NULL on error. 5649 */ 5650 struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 5651 cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5652 struct cfg80211_inform_bss *data, 5653 struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len, 5654 gfp_t gfp); 5655 5656 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 5657 cfg80211_inform_bss_width_frame(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5658 struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel, 5659 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width, 5660 struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len, 5661 s32 signal, gfp_t gfp) 5662 { 5663 struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = { 5664 .chan = rx_channel, 5665 .scan_width = scan_width, 5666 .signal = signal, 5667 }; 5668 5669 return cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(wiphy, &data, mgmt, len, gfp); 5670 } 5671 5672 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 5673 cfg80211_inform_bss_frame(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5674 struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel, 5675 struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len, 5676 s32 signal, gfp_t gfp) 5677 { 5678 struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = { 5679 .chan = rx_channel, 5680 .scan_width = NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20, 5681 .signal = signal, 5682 }; 5683 5684 return cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(wiphy, &data, mgmt, len, gfp); 5685 } 5686 5687 /** 5688 * cfg80211_gen_new_bssid - generate a nontransmitted BSSID for multi-BSSID 5689 * @bssid: transmitter BSSID 5690 * @max_bssid: max BSSID indicator, taken from Multiple BSSID element 5691 * @mbssid_index: BSSID index, taken from Multiple BSSID index element 5692 * @new_bssid: calculated nontransmitted BSSID 5693 */ 5694 static inline void cfg80211_gen_new_bssid(const u8 *bssid, u8 max_bssid, 5695 u8 mbssid_index, u8 *new_bssid) 5696 { 5697 u64 bssid_u64 = ether_addr_to_u64(bssid); 5698 u64 mask = GENMASK_ULL(max_bssid - 1, 0); 5699 u64 new_bssid_u64; 5700 5701 new_bssid_u64 = bssid_u64 & ~mask; 5702 5703 new_bssid_u64 |= ((bssid_u64 & mask) + mbssid_index) & mask; 5704 5705 u64_to_ether_addr(new_bssid_u64, new_bssid); 5706 } 5707 5708 /** 5709 * cfg80211_is_element_inherited - returns if element ID should be inherited 5710 * @element: element to check 5711 * @non_inherit_element: non inheritance element 5712 */ 5713 bool cfg80211_is_element_inherited(const struct element *element, 5714 const struct element *non_inherit_element); 5715 5716 /** 5717 * cfg80211_merge_profile - merges a MBSSID profile if it is split between IEs 5718 * @ie: ies 5719 * @ielen: length of IEs 5720 * @mbssid_elem: current MBSSID element 5721 * @sub_elem: current MBSSID subelement (profile) 5722 * @merged_ie: location of the merged profile 5723 * @max_copy_len: max merged profile length 5724 */ 5725 size_t cfg80211_merge_profile(const u8 *ie, size_t ielen, 5726 const struct element *mbssid_elem, 5727 const struct element *sub_elem, 5728 u8 *merged_ie, size_t max_copy_len); 5729 5730 /** 5731 * enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type - frame type that the BSS data came from 5732 * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_UNKNOWN: driver doesn't know whether the data is 5733 * from a beacon or probe response 5734 * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_BEACON: data comes from a beacon 5735 * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_PRESP: data comes from a probe response 5736 */ 5737 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type { 5738 CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_UNKNOWN, 5739 CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_BEACON, 5740 CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_PRESP, 5741 }; 5742 5743 /** 5744 * cfg80211_inform_bss_data - inform cfg80211 of a new BSS 5745 * 5746 * @wiphy: the wiphy reporting the BSS 5747 * @data: the BSS metadata 5748 * @ftype: frame type (if known) 5749 * @bssid: the BSSID of the BSS 5750 * @tsf: the TSF sent by the peer in the beacon/probe response (or 0) 5751 * @capability: the capability field sent by the peer 5752 * @beacon_interval: the beacon interval announced by the peer 5753 * @ie: additional IEs sent by the peer 5754 * @ielen: length of the additional IEs 5755 * @gfp: context flags 5756 * 5757 * This informs cfg80211 that BSS information was found and 5758 * the BSS should be updated/added. 5759 * 5760 * Return: A referenced struct, must be released with cfg80211_put_bss()! 5761 * Or %NULL on error. 5762 */ 5763 struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 5764 cfg80211_inform_bss_data(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5765 struct cfg80211_inform_bss *data, 5766 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype, 5767 const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability, 5768 u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen, 5769 gfp_t gfp); 5770 5771 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 5772 cfg80211_inform_bss_width(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5773 struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel, 5774 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width, 5775 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype, 5776 const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability, 5777 u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen, 5778 s32 signal, gfp_t gfp) 5779 { 5780 struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = { 5781 .chan = rx_channel, 5782 .scan_width = scan_width, 5783 .signal = signal, 5784 }; 5785 5786 return cfg80211_inform_bss_data(wiphy, &data, ftype, bssid, tsf, 5787 capability, beacon_interval, ie, ielen, 5788 gfp); 5789 } 5790 5791 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 5792 cfg80211_inform_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5793 struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel, 5794 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype, 5795 const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability, 5796 u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen, 5797 s32 signal, gfp_t gfp) 5798 { 5799 struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = { 5800 .chan = rx_channel, 5801 .scan_width = NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20, 5802 .signal = signal, 5803 }; 5804 5805 return cfg80211_inform_bss_data(wiphy, &data, ftype, bssid, tsf, 5806 capability, beacon_interval, ie, ielen, 5807 gfp); 5808 } 5809 5810 /** 5811 * cfg80211_get_bss - get a BSS reference 5812 * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to 5813 * @channel: the channel to search on (or %NULL) 5814 * @bssid: the desired BSSID (or %NULL) 5815 * @ssid: the desired SSID (or %NULL) 5816 * @ssid_len: length of the SSID (or 0) 5817 * @bss_type: type of BSS, see &enum ieee80211_bss_type 5818 * @privacy: privacy filter, see &enum ieee80211_privacy 5819 */ 5820 struct cfg80211_bss *cfg80211_get_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5821 struct ieee80211_channel *channel, 5822 const u8 *bssid, 5823 const u8 *ssid, size_t ssid_len, 5824 enum ieee80211_bss_type bss_type, 5825 enum ieee80211_privacy privacy); 5826 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * 5827 cfg80211_get_ibss(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5828 struct ieee80211_channel *channel, 5829 const u8 *ssid, size_t ssid_len) 5830 { 5831 return cfg80211_get_bss(wiphy, channel, NULL, ssid, ssid_len, 5832 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS, 5833 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY); 5834 } 5835 5836 /** 5837 * cfg80211_ref_bss - reference BSS struct 5838 * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to 5839 * @bss: the BSS struct to reference 5840 * 5841 * Increments the refcount of the given BSS struct. 5842 */ 5843 void cfg80211_ref_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss); 5844 5845 /** 5846 * cfg80211_put_bss - unref BSS struct 5847 * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to 5848 * @bss: the BSS struct 5849 * 5850 * Decrements the refcount of the given BSS struct. 5851 */ 5852 void cfg80211_put_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss); 5853 5854 /** 5855 * cfg80211_unlink_bss - unlink BSS from internal data structures 5856 * @wiphy: the wiphy 5857 * @bss: the bss to remove 5858 * 5859 * This function removes the given BSS from the internal data structures 5860 * thereby making it no longer show up in scan results etc. Use this 5861 * function when you detect a BSS is gone. Normally BSSes will also time 5862 * out, so it is not necessary to use this function at all. 5863 */ 5864 void cfg80211_unlink_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss); 5865 5866 /** 5867 * cfg80211_bss_iter - iterate all BSS entries 5868 * 5869 * This function iterates over the BSS entries associated with the given wiphy 5870 * and calls the callback for the iterated BSS. The iterator function is not 5871 * allowed to call functions that might modify the internal state of the BSS DB. 5872 * 5873 * @wiphy: the wiphy 5874 * @chandef: if given, the iterator function will be called only if the channel 5875 * of the currently iterated BSS is a subset of the given channel. 5876 * @iter: the iterator function to call 5877 * @iter_data: an argument to the iterator function 5878 */ 5879 void cfg80211_bss_iter(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5880 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 5881 void (*iter)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5882 struct cfg80211_bss *bss, 5883 void *data), 5884 void *iter_data); 5885 5886 static inline enum nl80211_bss_scan_width 5887 cfg80211_chandef_to_scan_width(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 5888 { 5889 switch (chandef->width) { 5890 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 5891 return NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5; 5892 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 5893 return NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10; 5894 default: 5895 return NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20; 5896 } 5897 } 5898 5899 /** 5900 * cfg80211_rx_mlme_mgmt - notification of processed MLME management frame 5901 * @dev: network device 5902 * @buf: authentication frame (header + body) 5903 * @len: length of the frame data 5904 * 5905 * This function is called whenever an authentication, disassociation or 5906 * deauthentication frame has been received and processed in station mode. 5907 * After being asked to authenticate via cfg80211_ops::auth() the driver must 5908 * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout(). 5909 * After being asked to associate via cfg80211_ops::assoc() the driver must 5910 * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout(). 5911 * While connected, the driver must calls this for received and processed 5912 * disassociation and deauthentication frames. If the frame couldn't be used 5913 * because it was unprotected, the driver must call the function 5914 * cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt() instead. 5915 * 5916 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex. 5917 */ 5918 void cfg80211_rx_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *buf, size_t len); 5919 5920 /** 5921 * cfg80211_auth_timeout - notification of timed out authentication 5922 * @dev: network device 5923 * @addr: The MAC address of the device with which the authentication timed out 5924 * 5925 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's 5926 * mutex. 5927 */ 5928 void cfg80211_auth_timeout(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr); 5929 5930 /** 5931 * cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp - notification of processed association response 5932 * @dev: network device 5933 * @bss: the BSS that association was requested with, ownership of the pointer 5934 * moves to cfg80211 in this call 5935 * @buf: (Re)Association Response frame (header + body) 5936 * @len: length of the frame data 5937 * @uapsd_queues: bitmap of queues configured for uapsd. Same format 5938 * as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field 5939 * @req_ies: information elements from the (Re)Association Request frame 5940 * @req_ies_len: length of req_ies data 5941 * 5942 * After being asked to associate via cfg80211_ops::assoc() the driver must 5943 * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout(). 5944 * 5945 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex. 5946 */ 5947 void cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp(struct net_device *dev, 5948 struct cfg80211_bss *bss, 5949 const u8 *buf, size_t len, 5950 int uapsd_queues, 5951 const u8 *req_ies, size_t req_ies_len); 5952 5953 /** 5954 * cfg80211_assoc_timeout - notification of timed out association 5955 * @dev: network device 5956 * @bss: The BSS entry with which association timed out. 5957 * 5958 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex. 5959 */ 5960 void cfg80211_assoc_timeout(struct net_device *dev, struct cfg80211_bss *bss); 5961 5962 /** 5963 * cfg80211_abandon_assoc - notify cfg80211 of abandoned association attempt 5964 * @dev: network device 5965 * @bss: The BSS entry with which association was abandoned. 5966 * 5967 * Call this whenever - for reasons reported through other API, like deauth RX, 5968 * an association attempt was abandoned. 5969 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex. 5970 */ 5971 void cfg80211_abandon_assoc(struct net_device *dev, struct cfg80211_bss *bss); 5972 5973 /** 5974 * cfg80211_tx_mlme_mgmt - notification of transmitted deauth/disassoc frame 5975 * @dev: network device 5976 * @buf: 802.11 frame (header + body) 5977 * @len: length of the frame data 5978 * 5979 * This function is called whenever deauthentication has been processed in 5980 * station mode. This includes both received deauthentication frames and 5981 * locally generated ones. This function may sleep. The caller must hold the 5982 * corresponding wdev's mutex. 5983 */ 5984 void cfg80211_tx_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *buf, size_t len); 5985 5986 /** 5987 * cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt - notification of unprotected mlme mgmt frame 5988 * @dev: network device 5989 * @buf: deauthentication frame (header + body) 5990 * @len: length of the frame data 5991 * 5992 * This function is called whenever a received deauthentication or dissassoc 5993 * frame has been dropped in station mode because of MFP being used but the 5994 * frame was not protected. This function may sleep. 5995 */ 5996 void cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev, 5997 const u8 *buf, size_t len); 5998 5999 /** 6000 * cfg80211_michael_mic_failure - notification of Michael MIC failure (TKIP) 6001 * @dev: network device 6002 * @addr: The source MAC address of the frame 6003 * @key_type: The key type that the received frame used 6004 * @key_id: Key identifier (0..3). Can be -1 if missing. 6005 * @tsc: The TSC value of the frame that generated the MIC failure (6 octets) 6006 * @gfp: allocation flags 6007 * 6008 * This function is called whenever the local MAC detects a MIC failure in a 6009 * received frame. This matches with MLME-MICHAELMICFAILURE.indication() 6010 * primitive. 6011 */ 6012 void cfg80211_michael_mic_failure(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr, 6013 enum nl80211_key_type key_type, int key_id, 6014 const u8 *tsc, gfp_t gfp); 6015 6016 /** 6017 * cfg80211_ibss_joined - notify cfg80211 that device joined an IBSS 6018 * 6019 * @dev: network device 6020 * @bssid: the BSSID of the IBSS joined 6021 * @channel: the channel of the IBSS joined 6022 * @gfp: allocation flags 6023 * 6024 * This function notifies cfg80211 that the device joined an IBSS or 6025 * switched to a different BSSID. Before this function can be called, 6026 * either a beacon has to have been received from the IBSS, or one of 6027 * the cfg80211_inform_bss{,_frame} functions must have been called 6028 * with the locally generated beacon -- this guarantees that there is 6029 * always a scan result for this IBSS. cfg80211 will handle the rest. 6030 */ 6031 void cfg80211_ibss_joined(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 6032 struct ieee80211_channel *channel, gfp_t gfp); 6033 6034 /** 6035 * cfg80211_notify_new_candidate - notify cfg80211 of a new mesh peer candidate 6036 * 6037 * @dev: network device 6038 * @macaddr: the MAC address of the new candidate 6039 * @ie: information elements advertised by the peer candidate 6040 * @ie_len: length of the information elements buffer 6041 * @gfp: allocation flags 6042 * 6043 * This function notifies cfg80211 that the mesh peer candidate has been 6044 * detected, most likely via a beacon or, less likely, via a probe response. 6045 * cfg80211 then sends a notification to userspace. 6046 */ 6047 void cfg80211_notify_new_peer_candidate(struct net_device *dev, 6048 const u8 *macaddr, const u8 *ie, u8 ie_len, 6049 int sig_dbm, gfp_t gfp); 6050 6051 /** 6052 * DOC: RFkill integration 6053 * 6054 * RFkill integration in cfg80211 is almost invisible to drivers, 6055 * as cfg80211 automatically registers an rfkill instance for each 6056 * wireless device it knows about. Soft kill is also translated 6057 * into disconnecting and turning all interfaces off, drivers are 6058 * expected to turn off the device when all interfaces are down. 6059 * 6060 * However, devices may have a hard RFkill line, in which case they 6061 * also need to interact with the rfkill subsystem, via cfg80211. 6062 * They can do this with a few helper functions documented here. 6063 */ 6064 6065 /** 6066 * wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state - notify cfg80211 about hw block state 6067 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6068 * @blocked: block status 6069 */ 6070 void wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state(struct wiphy *wiphy, bool blocked); 6071 6072 /** 6073 * wiphy_rfkill_start_polling - start polling rfkill 6074 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6075 */ 6076 void wiphy_rfkill_start_polling(struct wiphy *wiphy); 6077 6078 /** 6079 * wiphy_rfkill_stop_polling - stop polling rfkill 6080 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6081 */ 6082 void wiphy_rfkill_stop_polling(struct wiphy *wiphy); 6083 6084 /** 6085 * DOC: Vendor commands 6086 * 6087 * Occasionally, there are special protocol or firmware features that 6088 * can't be implemented very openly. For this and similar cases, the 6089 * vendor command functionality allows implementing the features with 6090 * (typically closed-source) userspace and firmware, using nl80211 as 6091 * the configuration mechanism. 6092 * 6093 * A driver supporting vendor commands must register them as an array 6094 * in struct wiphy, with handlers for each one, each command has an 6095 * OUI and sub command ID to identify it. 6096 * 6097 * Note that this feature should not be (ab)used to implement protocol 6098 * features that could openly be shared across drivers. In particular, 6099 * it must never be required to use vendor commands to implement any 6100 * "normal" functionality that higher-level userspace like connection 6101 * managers etc. need. 6102 */ 6103 6104 struct sk_buff *__cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6105 enum nl80211_commands cmd, 6106 enum nl80211_attrs attr, 6107 int approxlen); 6108 6109 struct sk_buff *__cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6110 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 6111 enum nl80211_commands cmd, 6112 enum nl80211_attrs attr, 6113 unsigned int portid, 6114 int vendor_event_idx, 6115 int approxlen, gfp_t gfp); 6116 6117 void __cfg80211_send_event_skb(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp); 6118 6119 /** 6120 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb - allocate vendor command reply 6121 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6122 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 6123 * be put into the skb 6124 * 6125 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for a reply to 6126 * a vendor command. Since it is intended for a reply, calling 6127 * it outside of a vendor command's doit() operation is invalid. 6128 * 6129 * The returned skb is pre-filled with some identifying data in 6130 * a way that any data that is put into the skb (with skb_put(), 6131 * nla_put() or similar) will end up being within the 6132 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA attribute, so all that needs to be done 6133 * with the skb is adding data for the corresponding userspace tool 6134 * which can then read that data out of the vendor data attribute. 6135 * You must not modify the skb in any other way. 6136 * 6137 * When done, call cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply() with the skb and return 6138 * its error code as the result of the doit() operation. 6139 * 6140 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 6141 */ 6142 static inline struct sk_buff * 6143 cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen) 6144 { 6145 return __cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(wiphy, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR, 6146 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, approxlen); 6147 } 6148 6149 /** 6150 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply - send the reply skb 6151 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with 6152 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb() 6153 * 6154 * Since calling this function will usually be the last thing 6155 * before returning from the vendor command doit() you should 6156 * return the error code. Note that this function consumes the 6157 * skb regardless of the return value. 6158 * 6159 * Return: An error code or 0 on success. 6160 */ 6161 int cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply(struct sk_buff *skb); 6162 6163 /** 6164 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender 6165 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6166 * 6167 * Return the current netlink port ID in a vendor command handler. 6168 * Valid to call only there. 6169 */ 6170 unsigned int cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender(struct wiphy *wiphy); 6171 6172 /** 6173 * cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc - allocate vendor-specific event skb 6174 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6175 * @wdev: the wireless device 6176 * @event_idx: index of the vendor event in the wiphy's vendor_events 6177 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 6178 * be put into the skb 6179 * @gfp: allocation flags 6180 * 6181 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event on the 6182 * vendor-specific multicast group. 6183 * 6184 * If wdev != NULL, both the ifindex and identifier of the specified 6185 * wireless device are added to the event message before the vendor data 6186 * attribute. 6187 * 6188 * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_vendor_event() with the 6189 * skb to send the event. 6190 * 6191 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 6192 */ 6193 static inline struct sk_buff * 6194 cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 6195 int approxlen, int event_idx, gfp_t gfp) 6196 { 6197 return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, wdev, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR, 6198 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, 6199 0, event_idx, approxlen, gfp); 6200 } 6201 6202 /** 6203 * cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc_ucast - alloc unicast vendor-specific event skb 6204 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6205 * @wdev: the wireless device 6206 * @event_idx: index of the vendor event in the wiphy's vendor_events 6207 * @portid: port ID of the receiver 6208 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 6209 * be put into the skb 6210 * @gfp: allocation flags 6211 * 6212 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event to send to 6213 * a specific (userland) socket. This socket would previously have been 6214 * obtained by cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender(), and the caller MUST take 6215 * care to register a netlink notifier to see when the socket closes. 6216 * 6217 * If wdev != NULL, both the ifindex and identifier of the specified 6218 * wireless device are added to the event message before the vendor data 6219 * attribute. 6220 * 6221 * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_vendor_event() with the 6222 * skb to send the event. 6223 * 6224 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 6225 */ 6226 static inline struct sk_buff * 6227 cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc_ucast(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6228 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 6229 unsigned int portid, int approxlen, 6230 int event_idx, gfp_t gfp) 6231 { 6232 return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, wdev, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR, 6233 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, 6234 portid, event_idx, approxlen, gfp); 6235 } 6236 6237 /** 6238 * cfg80211_vendor_event - send the event 6239 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc() 6240 * @gfp: allocation flags 6241 * 6242 * This function sends the given @skb, which must have been allocated 6243 * by cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc(), as an event. It always consumes it. 6244 */ 6245 static inline void cfg80211_vendor_event(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp) 6246 { 6247 __cfg80211_send_event_skb(skb, gfp); 6248 } 6249 6250 #ifdef CONFIG_NL80211_TESTMODE 6251 /** 6252 * DOC: Test mode 6253 * 6254 * Test mode is a set of utility functions to allow drivers to 6255 * interact with driver-specific tools to aid, for instance, 6256 * factory programming. 6257 * 6258 * This chapter describes how drivers interact with it, for more 6259 * information see the nl80211 book's chapter on it. 6260 */ 6261 6262 /** 6263 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb - allocate testmode reply 6264 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6265 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 6266 * be put into the skb 6267 * 6268 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for a reply to 6269 * the testmode command. Since it is intended for a reply, calling 6270 * it outside of the @testmode_cmd operation is invalid. 6271 * 6272 * The returned skb is pre-filled with the wiphy index and set up in 6273 * a way that any data that is put into the skb (with skb_put(), 6274 * nla_put() or similar) will end up being within the 6275 * %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA attribute, so all that needs to be done 6276 * with the skb is adding data for the corresponding userspace tool 6277 * which can then read that data out of the testdata attribute. You 6278 * must not modify the skb in any other way. 6279 * 6280 * When done, call cfg80211_testmode_reply() with the skb and return 6281 * its error code as the result of the @testmode_cmd operation. 6282 * 6283 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 6284 */ 6285 static inline struct sk_buff * 6286 cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen) 6287 { 6288 return __cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(wiphy, NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE, 6289 NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA, approxlen); 6290 } 6291 6292 /** 6293 * cfg80211_testmode_reply - send the reply skb 6294 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with 6295 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb() 6296 * 6297 * Since calling this function will usually be the last thing 6298 * before returning from the @testmode_cmd you should return 6299 * the error code. Note that this function consumes the skb 6300 * regardless of the return value. 6301 * 6302 * Return: An error code or 0 on success. 6303 */ 6304 static inline int cfg80211_testmode_reply(struct sk_buff *skb) 6305 { 6306 return cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply(skb); 6307 } 6308 6309 /** 6310 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb - allocate testmode event 6311 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6312 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 6313 * be put into the skb 6314 * @gfp: allocation flags 6315 * 6316 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event on the 6317 * testmode multicast group. 6318 * 6319 * The returned skb is set up in the same way as with 6320 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb() but prepared for an event. As 6321 * there, you should simply add data to it that will then end up in the 6322 * %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA attribute. Again, you must not modify the skb 6323 * in any other way. 6324 * 6325 * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_testmode_event() with the 6326 * skb to send the event. 6327 * 6328 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 6329 */ 6330 static inline struct sk_buff * 6331 cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen, gfp_t gfp) 6332 { 6333 return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, NULL, NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE, 6334 NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA, 0, -1, 6335 approxlen, gfp); 6336 } 6337 6338 /** 6339 * cfg80211_testmode_event - send the event 6340 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with 6341 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb() 6342 * @gfp: allocation flags 6343 * 6344 * This function sends the given @skb, which must have been allocated 6345 * by cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb(), as an event. It always 6346 * consumes it. 6347 */ 6348 static inline void cfg80211_testmode_event(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp) 6349 { 6350 __cfg80211_send_event_skb(skb, gfp); 6351 } 6352 6353 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_CMD(cmd) .testmode_cmd = (cmd), 6354 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_DUMP(cmd) .testmode_dump = (cmd), 6355 #else 6356 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_CMD(cmd) 6357 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_DUMP(cmd) 6358 #endif 6359 6360 /** 6361 * struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params - FILS connection response params 6362 * @kek: KEK derived from a successful FILS connection (may be %NULL) 6363 * @kek_len: Length of @fils_kek in octets 6364 * @update_erp_next_seq_num: Boolean value to specify whether the value in 6365 * @erp_next_seq_num is valid. 6366 * @erp_next_seq_num: The next sequence number to use in ERP message in 6367 * FILS Authentication. This value should be specified irrespective of the 6368 * status for a FILS connection. 6369 * @pmk: A new PMK if derived from a successful FILS connection (may be %NULL). 6370 * @pmk_len: Length of @pmk in octets 6371 * @pmkid: A new PMKID if derived from a successful FILS connection or the PMKID 6372 * used for this FILS connection (may be %NULL). 6373 */ 6374 struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params { 6375 const u8 *kek; 6376 size_t kek_len; 6377 bool update_erp_next_seq_num; 6378 u16 erp_next_seq_num; 6379 const u8 *pmk; 6380 size_t pmk_len; 6381 const u8 *pmkid; 6382 }; 6383 6384 /** 6385 * struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params - Connection response params 6386 * @status: Status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use 6387 * %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you 6388 * the real status code for failures. If this call is used to report a 6389 * failure due to a timeout (e.g., not receiving an Authentication frame 6390 * from the AP) instead of an explicit rejection by the AP, -1 is used to 6391 * indicate that this is a failure, but without a status code. 6392 * @timeout_reason is used to report the reason for the timeout in that 6393 * case. 6394 * @bssid: The BSSID of the AP (may be %NULL) 6395 * @bss: Entry of bss to which STA got connected to, can be obtained through 6396 * cfg80211_get_bss() (may be %NULL). But it is recommended to store the 6397 * bss from the connect_request and hold a reference to it and return 6398 * through this param to avoid a warning if the bss is expired during the 6399 * connection, esp. for those drivers implementing connect op. 6400 * Only one parameter among @bssid and @bss needs to be specified. 6401 * @req_ie: Association request IEs (may be %NULL) 6402 * @req_ie_len: Association request IEs length 6403 * @resp_ie: Association response IEs (may be %NULL) 6404 * @resp_ie_len: Association response IEs length 6405 * @fils: FILS connection response parameters. 6406 * @timeout_reason: Reason for connection timeout. This is used when the 6407 * connection fails due to a timeout instead of an explicit rejection from 6408 * the AP. %NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED is used when the timeout reason is 6409 * not known. This value is used only if @status < 0 to indicate that the 6410 * failure is due to a timeout and not due to explicit rejection by the AP. 6411 * This value is ignored in other cases (@status >= 0). 6412 */ 6413 struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params { 6414 int status; 6415 const u8 *bssid; 6416 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 6417 const u8 *req_ie; 6418 size_t req_ie_len; 6419 const u8 *resp_ie; 6420 size_t resp_ie_len; 6421 struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params fils; 6422 enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason; 6423 }; 6424 6425 /** 6426 * cfg80211_connect_done - notify cfg80211 of connection result 6427 * 6428 * @dev: network device 6429 * @params: connection response parameters 6430 * @gfp: allocation flags 6431 * 6432 * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection 6433 * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to 6434 * cfg80211_connect_bss(), but takes a structure pointer for connection response 6435 * parameters. Only one of the functions among cfg80211_connect_bss(), 6436 * cfg80211_connect_result(), cfg80211_connect_timeout(), 6437 * and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called. 6438 */ 6439 void cfg80211_connect_done(struct net_device *dev, 6440 struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params *params, 6441 gfp_t gfp); 6442 6443 /** 6444 * cfg80211_connect_bss - notify cfg80211 of connection result 6445 * 6446 * @dev: network device 6447 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP 6448 * @bss: Entry of bss to which STA got connected to, can be obtained through 6449 * cfg80211_get_bss() (may be %NULL). But it is recommended to store the 6450 * bss from the connect_request and hold a reference to it and return 6451 * through this param to avoid a warning if the bss is expired during the 6452 * connection, esp. for those drivers implementing connect op. 6453 * Only one parameter among @bssid and @bss needs to be specified. 6454 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL) 6455 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length 6456 * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL) 6457 * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length 6458 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use 6459 * %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you 6460 * the real status code for failures. If this call is used to report a 6461 * failure due to a timeout (e.g., not receiving an Authentication frame 6462 * from the AP) instead of an explicit rejection by the AP, -1 is used to 6463 * indicate that this is a failure, but without a status code. 6464 * @timeout_reason is used to report the reason for the timeout in that 6465 * case. 6466 * @gfp: allocation flags 6467 * @timeout_reason: reason for connection timeout. This is used when the 6468 * connection fails due to a timeout instead of an explicit rejection from 6469 * the AP. %NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED is used when the timeout reason is 6470 * not known. This value is used only if @status < 0 to indicate that the 6471 * failure is due to a timeout and not due to explicit rejection by the AP. 6472 * This value is ignored in other cases (@status >= 0). 6473 * 6474 * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection 6475 * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to 6476 * cfg80211_connect_result(), but with the option of identifying the exact bss 6477 * entry for the connection. Only one of the functions among 6478 * cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(), 6479 * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called. 6480 */ 6481 static inline void 6482 cfg80211_connect_bss(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 6483 struct cfg80211_bss *bss, const u8 *req_ie, 6484 size_t req_ie_len, const u8 *resp_ie, 6485 size_t resp_ie_len, int status, gfp_t gfp, 6486 enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason) 6487 { 6488 struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params params; 6489 6490 memset(¶ms, 0, sizeof(params)); 6491 params.status = status; 6492 params.bssid = bssid; 6493 params.bss = bss; 6494 params.req_ie = req_ie; 6495 params.req_ie_len = req_ie_len; 6496 params.resp_ie = resp_ie; 6497 params.resp_ie_len = resp_ie_len; 6498 params.timeout_reason = timeout_reason; 6499 6500 cfg80211_connect_done(dev, ¶ms, gfp); 6501 } 6502 6503 /** 6504 * cfg80211_connect_result - notify cfg80211 of connection result 6505 * 6506 * @dev: network device 6507 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP 6508 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL) 6509 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length 6510 * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL) 6511 * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length 6512 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use 6513 * %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you 6514 * the real status code for failures. 6515 * @gfp: allocation flags 6516 * 6517 * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection 6518 * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to 6519 * cfg80211_connect_bss() which allows the exact bss entry to be specified. Only 6520 * one of the functions among cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(), 6521 * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called. 6522 */ 6523 static inline void 6524 cfg80211_connect_result(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 6525 const u8 *req_ie, size_t req_ie_len, 6526 const u8 *resp_ie, size_t resp_ie_len, 6527 u16 status, gfp_t gfp) 6528 { 6529 cfg80211_connect_bss(dev, bssid, NULL, req_ie, req_ie_len, resp_ie, 6530 resp_ie_len, status, gfp, 6531 NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED); 6532 } 6533 6534 /** 6535 * cfg80211_connect_timeout - notify cfg80211 of connection timeout 6536 * 6537 * @dev: network device 6538 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP 6539 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL) 6540 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length 6541 * @gfp: allocation flags 6542 * @timeout_reason: reason for connection timeout. 6543 * 6544 * It should be called by the underlying driver whenever connect() has failed 6545 * in a sequence where no explicit authentication/association rejection was 6546 * received from the AP. This could happen, e.g., due to not being able to send 6547 * out the Authentication or Association Request frame or timing out while 6548 * waiting for the response. Only one of the functions among 6549 * cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(), 6550 * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called. 6551 */ 6552 static inline void 6553 cfg80211_connect_timeout(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 6554 const u8 *req_ie, size_t req_ie_len, gfp_t gfp, 6555 enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason) 6556 { 6557 cfg80211_connect_bss(dev, bssid, NULL, req_ie, req_ie_len, NULL, 0, -1, 6558 gfp, timeout_reason); 6559 } 6560 6561 /** 6562 * struct cfg80211_roam_info - driver initiated roaming information 6563 * 6564 * @channel: the channel of the new AP 6565 * @bss: entry of bss to which STA got roamed (may be %NULL if %bssid is set) 6566 * @bssid: the BSSID of the new AP (may be %NULL if %bss is set) 6567 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL) 6568 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length 6569 * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL) 6570 * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length 6571 * @fils: FILS related roaming information. 6572 */ 6573 struct cfg80211_roam_info { 6574 struct ieee80211_channel *channel; 6575 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 6576 const u8 *bssid; 6577 const u8 *req_ie; 6578 size_t req_ie_len; 6579 const u8 *resp_ie; 6580 size_t resp_ie_len; 6581 struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params fils; 6582 }; 6583 6584 /** 6585 * cfg80211_roamed - notify cfg80211 of roaming 6586 * 6587 * @dev: network device 6588 * @info: information about the new BSS. struct &cfg80211_roam_info. 6589 * @gfp: allocation flags 6590 * 6591 * This function may be called with the driver passing either the BSSID of the 6592 * new AP or passing the bss entry to avoid a race in timeout of the bss entry. 6593 * It should be called by the underlying driver whenever it roamed from one AP 6594 * to another while connected. Drivers which have roaming implemented in 6595 * firmware should pass the bss entry to avoid a race in bss entry timeout where 6596 * the bss entry of the new AP is seen in the driver, but gets timed out by the 6597 * time it is accessed in __cfg80211_roamed() due to delay in scheduling 6598 * rdev->event_work. In case of any failures, the reference is released 6599 * either in cfg80211_roamed() or in __cfg80211_romed(), Otherwise, it will be 6600 * released while disconnecting from the current bss. 6601 */ 6602 void cfg80211_roamed(struct net_device *dev, struct cfg80211_roam_info *info, 6603 gfp_t gfp); 6604 6605 /** 6606 * cfg80211_port_authorized - notify cfg80211 of successful security association 6607 * 6608 * @dev: network device 6609 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP 6610 * @gfp: allocation flags 6611 * 6612 * This function should be called by a driver that supports 4 way handshake 6613 * offload after a security association was successfully established (i.e., 6614 * the 4 way handshake was completed successfully). The call to this function 6615 * should be preceded with a call to cfg80211_connect_result(), 6616 * cfg80211_connect_done(), cfg80211_connect_bss() or cfg80211_roamed() to 6617 * indicate the 802.11 association. 6618 */ 6619 void cfg80211_port_authorized(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 6620 gfp_t gfp); 6621 6622 /** 6623 * cfg80211_disconnected - notify cfg80211 that connection was dropped 6624 * 6625 * @dev: network device 6626 * @ie: information elements of the deauth/disassoc frame (may be %NULL) 6627 * @ie_len: length of IEs 6628 * @reason: reason code for the disconnection, set it to 0 if unknown 6629 * @locally_generated: disconnection was requested locally 6630 * @gfp: allocation flags 6631 * 6632 * After it calls this function, the driver should enter an idle state 6633 * and not try to connect to any AP any more. 6634 */ 6635 void cfg80211_disconnected(struct net_device *dev, u16 reason, 6636 const u8 *ie, size_t ie_len, 6637 bool locally_generated, gfp_t gfp); 6638 6639 /** 6640 * cfg80211_ready_on_channel - notification of remain_on_channel start 6641 * @wdev: wireless device 6642 * @cookie: the request cookie 6643 * @chan: The current channel (from remain_on_channel request) 6644 * @duration: Duration in milliseconds that the driver intents to remain on the 6645 * channel 6646 * @gfp: allocation flags 6647 */ 6648 void cfg80211_ready_on_channel(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie, 6649 struct ieee80211_channel *chan, 6650 unsigned int duration, gfp_t gfp); 6651 6652 /** 6653 * cfg80211_remain_on_channel_expired - remain_on_channel duration expired 6654 * @wdev: wireless device 6655 * @cookie: the request cookie 6656 * @chan: The current channel (from remain_on_channel request) 6657 * @gfp: allocation flags 6658 */ 6659 void cfg80211_remain_on_channel_expired(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie, 6660 struct ieee80211_channel *chan, 6661 gfp_t gfp); 6662 6663 /** 6664 * cfg80211_tx_mgmt_expired - tx_mgmt duration expired 6665 * @wdev: wireless device 6666 * @cookie: the requested cookie 6667 * @chan: The current channel (from tx_mgmt request) 6668 * @gfp: allocation flags 6669 */ 6670 void cfg80211_tx_mgmt_expired(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie, 6671 struct ieee80211_channel *chan, gfp_t gfp); 6672 6673 /** 6674 * cfg80211_sinfo_alloc_tid_stats - allocate per-tid statistics. 6675 * 6676 * @sinfo: the station information 6677 * @gfp: allocation flags 6678 */ 6679 int cfg80211_sinfo_alloc_tid_stats(struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp); 6680 6681 /** 6682 * cfg80211_sinfo_release_content - release contents of station info 6683 * @sinfo: the station information 6684 * 6685 * Releases any potentially allocated sub-information of the station 6686 * information, but not the struct itself (since it's typically on 6687 * the stack.) 6688 */ 6689 static inline void cfg80211_sinfo_release_content(struct station_info *sinfo) 6690 { 6691 kfree(sinfo->pertid); 6692 } 6693 6694 /** 6695 * cfg80211_new_sta - notify userspace about station 6696 * 6697 * @dev: the netdev 6698 * @mac_addr: the station's address 6699 * @sinfo: the station information 6700 * @gfp: allocation flags 6701 */ 6702 void cfg80211_new_sta(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr, 6703 struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp); 6704 6705 /** 6706 * cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo - notify userspace about deletion of a station 6707 * @dev: the netdev 6708 * @mac_addr: the station's address 6709 * @sinfo: the station information/statistics 6710 * @gfp: allocation flags 6711 */ 6712 void cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr, 6713 struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp); 6714 6715 /** 6716 * cfg80211_del_sta - notify userspace about deletion of a station 6717 * 6718 * @dev: the netdev 6719 * @mac_addr: the station's address 6720 * @gfp: allocation flags 6721 */ 6722 static inline void cfg80211_del_sta(struct net_device *dev, 6723 const u8 *mac_addr, gfp_t gfp) 6724 { 6725 cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(dev, mac_addr, NULL, gfp); 6726 } 6727 6728 /** 6729 * cfg80211_conn_failed - connection request failed notification 6730 * 6731 * @dev: the netdev 6732 * @mac_addr: the station's address 6733 * @reason: the reason for connection failure 6734 * @gfp: allocation flags 6735 * 6736 * Whenever a station tries to connect to an AP and if the station 6737 * could not connect to the AP as the AP has rejected the connection 6738 * for some reasons, this function is called. 6739 * 6740 * The reason for connection failure can be any of the value from 6741 * nl80211_connect_failed_reason enum 6742 */ 6743 void cfg80211_conn_failed(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr, 6744 enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason reason, 6745 gfp_t gfp); 6746 6747 /** 6748 * cfg80211_rx_mgmt - notification of received, unprocessed management frame 6749 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame 6750 * @freq: Frequency on which the frame was received in MHz 6751 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown 6752 * @buf: Management frame (header + body) 6753 * @len: length of the frame data 6754 * @flags: flags, as defined in enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags 6755 * 6756 * This function is called whenever an Action frame is received for a station 6757 * mode interface, but is not processed in kernel. 6758 * 6759 * Return: %true if a user space application has registered for this frame. 6760 * For action frames, that makes it responsible for rejecting unrecognized 6761 * action frames; %false otherwise, in which case for action frames the 6762 * driver is responsible for rejecting the frame. 6763 */ 6764 bool cfg80211_rx_mgmt(struct wireless_dev *wdev, int freq, int sig_dbm, 6765 const u8 *buf, size_t len, u32 flags); 6766 6767 /** 6768 * cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status - notification of TX status for management frame 6769 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame 6770 * @cookie: Cookie returned by cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx() 6771 * @buf: Management frame (header + body) 6772 * @len: length of the frame data 6773 * @ack: Whether frame was acknowledged 6774 * @gfp: context flags 6775 * 6776 * This function is called whenever a management frame was requested to be 6777 * transmitted with cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx() to report the TX status of the 6778 * transmission attempt. 6779 */ 6780 void cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie, 6781 const u8 *buf, size_t len, bool ack, gfp_t gfp); 6782 6783 6784 /** 6785 * cfg80211_rx_control_port - notification about a received control port frame 6786 * @dev: The device the frame matched to 6787 * @skb: The skbuf with the control port frame. It is assumed that the skbuf 6788 * is 802.3 formatted (with 802.3 header). The skb can be non-linear. 6789 * This function does not take ownership of the skb, so the caller is 6790 * responsible for any cleanup. The caller must also ensure that 6791 * skb->protocol is set appropriately. 6792 * @unencrypted: Whether the frame was received unencrypted 6793 * 6794 * This function is used to inform userspace about a received control port 6795 * frame. It should only be used if userspace indicated it wants to receive 6796 * control port frames over nl80211. 6797 * 6798 * The frame is the data portion of the 802.3 or 802.11 data frame with all 6799 * network layer headers removed (e.g. the raw EAPoL frame). 6800 * 6801 * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace 6802 */ 6803 bool cfg80211_rx_control_port(struct net_device *dev, 6804 struct sk_buff *skb, bool unencrypted); 6805 6806 /** 6807 * cfg80211_cqm_rssi_notify - connection quality monitoring rssi event 6808 * @dev: network device 6809 * @rssi_event: the triggered RSSI event 6810 * @rssi_level: new RSSI level value or 0 if not available 6811 * @gfp: context flags 6812 * 6813 * This function is called when a configured connection quality monitoring 6814 * rssi threshold reached event occurs. 6815 */ 6816 void cfg80211_cqm_rssi_notify(struct net_device *dev, 6817 enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event rssi_event, 6818 s32 rssi_level, gfp_t gfp); 6819 6820 /** 6821 * cfg80211_cqm_pktloss_notify - notify userspace about packetloss to peer 6822 * @dev: network device 6823 * @peer: peer's MAC address 6824 * @num_packets: how many packets were lost -- should be a fixed threshold 6825 * but probably no less than maybe 50, or maybe a throughput dependent 6826 * threshold (to account for temporary interference) 6827 * @gfp: context flags 6828 */ 6829 void cfg80211_cqm_pktloss_notify(struct net_device *dev, 6830 const u8 *peer, u32 num_packets, gfp_t gfp); 6831 6832 /** 6833 * cfg80211_cqm_txe_notify - TX error rate event 6834 * @dev: network device 6835 * @peer: peer's MAC address 6836 * @num_packets: how many packets were lost 6837 * @rate: % of packets which failed transmission 6838 * @intvl: interval (in s) over which the TX failure threshold was breached. 6839 * @gfp: context flags 6840 * 6841 * Notify userspace when configured % TX failures over number of packets in a 6842 * given interval is exceeded. 6843 */ 6844 void cfg80211_cqm_txe_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *peer, 6845 u32 num_packets, u32 rate, u32 intvl, gfp_t gfp); 6846 6847 /** 6848 * cfg80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify - beacon loss event 6849 * @dev: network device 6850 * @gfp: context flags 6851 * 6852 * Notify userspace about beacon loss from the connected AP. 6853 */ 6854 void cfg80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify(struct net_device *dev, gfp_t gfp); 6855 6856 /** 6857 * cfg80211_radar_event - radar detection event 6858 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6859 * @chandef: chandef for the current channel 6860 * @gfp: context flags 6861 * 6862 * This function is called when a radar is detected on the current chanenl. 6863 */ 6864 void cfg80211_radar_event(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6865 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, gfp_t gfp); 6866 6867 /** 6868 * cfg80211_sta_opmode_change_notify - STA's ht/vht operation mode change event 6869 * @dev: network device 6870 * @mac: MAC address of a station which opmode got modified 6871 * @sta_opmode: station's current opmode value 6872 * @gfp: context flags 6873 * 6874 * Driver should call this function when station's opmode modified via action 6875 * frame. 6876 */ 6877 void cfg80211_sta_opmode_change_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac, 6878 struct sta_opmode_info *sta_opmode, 6879 gfp_t gfp); 6880 6881 /** 6882 * cfg80211_cac_event - Channel availability check (CAC) event 6883 * @netdev: network device 6884 * @chandef: chandef for the current channel 6885 * @event: type of event 6886 * @gfp: context flags 6887 * 6888 * This function is called when a Channel availability check (CAC) is finished 6889 * or aborted. This must be called to notify the completion of a CAC process, 6890 * also by full-MAC drivers. 6891 */ 6892 void cfg80211_cac_event(struct net_device *netdev, 6893 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 6894 enum nl80211_radar_event event, gfp_t gfp); 6895 6896 6897 /** 6898 * cfg80211_gtk_rekey_notify - notify userspace about driver rekeying 6899 * @dev: network device 6900 * @bssid: BSSID of AP (to avoid races) 6901 * @replay_ctr: new replay counter 6902 * @gfp: allocation flags 6903 */ 6904 void cfg80211_gtk_rekey_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 6905 const u8 *replay_ctr, gfp_t gfp); 6906 6907 /** 6908 * cfg80211_pmksa_candidate_notify - notify about PMKSA caching candidate 6909 * @dev: network device 6910 * @index: candidate index (the smaller the index, the higher the priority) 6911 * @bssid: BSSID of AP 6912 * @preauth: Whether AP advertises support for RSN pre-authentication 6913 * @gfp: allocation flags 6914 */ 6915 void cfg80211_pmksa_candidate_notify(struct net_device *dev, int index, 6916 const u8 *bssid, bool preauth, gfp_t gfp); 6917 6918 /** 6919 * cfg80211_rx_spurious_frame - inform userspace about a spurious frame 6920 * @dev: The device the frame matched to 6921 * @addr: the transmitter address 6922 * @gfp: context flags 6923 * 6924 * This function is used in AP mode (only!) to inform userspace that 6925 * a spurious class 3 frame was received, to be able to deauth the 6926 * sender. 6927 * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace (or this failed 6928 * for a reason other than not having a subscription.) 6929 */ 6930 bool cfg80211_rx_spurious_frame(struct net_device *dev, 6931 const u8 *addr, gfp_t gfp); 6932 6933 /** 6934 * cfg80211_rx_unexpected_4addr_frame - inform about unexpected WDS frame 6935 * @dev: The device the frame matched to 6936 * @addr: the transmitter address 6937 * @gfp: context flags 6938 * 6939 * This function is used in AP mode (only!) to inform userspace that 6940 * an associated station sent a 4addr frame but that wasn't expected. 6941 * It is allowed and desirable to send this event only once for each 6942 * station to avoid event flooding. 6943 * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace (or this failed 6944 * for a reason other than not having a subscription.) 6945 */ 6946 bool cfg80211_rx_unexpected_4addr_frame(struct net_device *dev, 6947 const u8 *addr, gfp_t gfp); 6948 6949 /** 6950 * cfg80211_probe_status - notify userspace about probe status 6951 * @dev: the device the probe was sent on 6952 * @addr: the address of the peer 6953 * @cookie: the cookie filled in @probe_client previously 6954 * @acked: indicates whether probe was acked or not 6955 * @ack_signal: signal strength (in dBm) of the ACK frame. 6956 * @is_valid_ack_signal: indicates the ack_signal is valid or not. 6957 * @gfp: allocation flags 6958 */ 6959 void cfg80211_probe_status(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr, 6960 u64 cookie, bool acked, s32 ack_signal, 6961 bool is_valid_ack_signal, gfp_t gfp); 6962 6963 /** 6964 * cfg80211_report_obss_beacon - report beacon from other APs 6965 * @wiphy: The wiphy that received the beacon 6966 * @frame: the frame 6967 * @len: length of the frame 6968 * @freq: frequency the frame was received on 6969 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown 6970 * 6971 * Use this function to report to userspace when a beacon was 6972 * received. It is not useful to call this when there is no 6973 * netdev that is in AP/GO mode. 6974 */ 6975 void cfg80211_report_obss_beacon(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6976 const u8 *frame, size_t len, 6977 int freq, int sig_dbm); 6978 6979 /** 6980 * cfg80211_reg_can_beacon - check if beaconing is allowed 6981 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6982 * @chandef: the channel definition 6983 * @iftype: interface type 6984 * 6985 * Return: %true if there is no secondary channel or the secondary channel(s) 6986 * can be used for beaconing (i.e. is not a radar channel etc.) 6987 */ 6988 bool cfg80211_reg_can_beacon(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6989 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 6990 enum nl80211_iftype iftype); 6991 6992 /** 6993 * cfg80211_reg_can_beacon_relax - check if beaconing is allowed with relaxation 6994 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6995 * @chandef: the channel definition 6996 * @iftype: interface type 6997 * 6998 * Return: %true if there is no secondary channel or the secondary channel(s) 6999 * can be used for beaconing (i.e. is not a radar channel etc.). This version 7000 * also checks if IR-relaxation conditions apply, to allow beaconing under 7001 * more permissive conditions. 7002 * 7003 * Requires the RTNL to be held. 7004 */ 7005 bool cfg80211_reg_can_beacon_relax(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7006 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 7007 enum nl80211_iftype iftype); 7008 7009 /* 7010 * cfg80211_ch_switch_notify - update wdev channel and notify userspace 7011 * @dev: the device which switched channels 7012 * @chandef: the new channel definition 7013 * 7014 * Caller must acquire wdev_lock, therefore must only be called from sleepable 7015 * driver context! 7016 */ 7017 void cfg80211_ch_switch_notify(struct net_device *dev, 7018 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 7019 7020 /* 7021 * cfg80211_ch_switch_started_notify - notify channel switch start 7022 * @dev: the device on which the channel switch started 7023 * @chandef: the future channel definition 7024 * @count: the number of TBTTs until the channel switch happens 7025 * 7026 * Inform the userspace about the channel switch that has just 7027 * started, so that it can take appropriate actions (eg. starting 7028 * channel switch on other vifs), if necessary. 7029 */ 7030 void cfg80211_ch_switch_started_notify(struct net_device *dev, 7031 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 7032 u8 count); 7033 7034 /** 7035 * ieee80211_operating_class_to_band - convert operating class to band 7036 * 7037 * @operating_class: the operating class to convert 7038 * @band: band pointer to fill 7039 * 7040 * Returns %true if the conversion was successful, %false otherwise. 7041 */ 7042 bool ieee80211_operating_class_to_band(u8 operating_class, 7043 enum nl80211_band *band); 7044 7045 /** 7046 * ieee80211_chandef_to_operating_class - convert chandef to operation class 7047 * 7048 * @chandef: the chandef to convert 7049 * @op_class: a pointer to the resulting operating class 7050 * 7051 * Returns %true if the conversion was successful, %false otherwise. 7052 */ 7053 bool ieee80211_chandef_to_operating_class(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 7054 u8 *op_class); 7055 7056 /* 7057 * cfg80211_tdls_oper_request - request userspace to perform TDLS operation 7058 * @dev: the device on which the operation is requested 7059 * @peer: the MAC address of the peer device 7060 * @oper: the requested TDLS operation (NL80211_TDLS_SETUP or 7061 * NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN) 7062 * @reason_code: the reason code for teardown request 7063 * @gfp: allocation flags 7064 * 7065 * This function is used to request userspace to perform TDLS operation that 7066 * requires knowledge of keys, i.e., link setup or teardown when the AP 7067 * connection uses encryption. This is optional mechanism for the driver to use 7068 * if it can automatically determine when a TDLS link could be useful (e.g., 7069 * based on traffic and signal strength for a peer). 7070 */ 7071 void cfg80211_tdls_oper_request(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *peer, 7072 enum nl80211_tdls_operation oper, 7073 u16 reason_code, gfp_t gfp); 7074 7075 /* 7076 * cfg80211_calculate_bitrate - calculate actual bitrate (in 100Kbps units) 7077 * @rate: given rate_info to calculate bitrate from 7078 * 7079 * return 0 if MCS index >= 32 7080 */ 7081 u32 cfg80211_calculate_bitrate(struct rate_info *rate); 7082 7083 /** 7084 * cfg80211_unregister_wdev - remove the given wdev 7085 * @wdev: struct wireless_dev to remove 7086 * 7087 * Call this function only for wdevs that have no netdev assigned, 7088 * e.g. P2P Devices. It removes the device from the list so that 7089 * it can no longer be used. It is necessary to call this function 7090 * even when cfg80211 requests the removal of the interface by 7091 * calling the del_virtual_intf() callback. The function must also 7092 * be called when the driver wishes to unregister the wdev, e.g. 7093 * when the device is unbound from the driver. 7094 * 7095 * Requires the RTNL to be held. 7096 */ 7097 void cfg80211_unregister_wdev(struct wireless_dev *wdev); 7098 7099 /** 7100 * struct cfg80211_ft_event - FT Information Elements 7101 * @ies: FT IEs 7102 * @ies_len: length of the FT IE in bytes 7103 * @target_ap: target AP's MAC address 7104 * @ric_ies: RIC IE 7105 * @ric_ies_len: length of the RIC IE in bytes 7106 */ 7107 struct cfg80211_ft_event_params { 7108 const u8 *ies; 7109 size_t ies_len; 7110 const u8 *target_ap; 7111 const u8 *ric_ies; 7112 size_t ric_ies_len; 7113 }; 7114 7115 /** 7116 * cfg80211_ft_event - notify userspace about FT IE and RIC IE 7117 * @netdev: network device 7118 * @ft_event: IE information 7119 */ 7120 void cfg80211_ft_event(struct net_device *netdev, 7121 struct cfg80211_ft_event_params *ft_event); 7122 7123 /** 7124 * cfg80211_get_p2p_attr - find and copy a P2P attribute from IE buffer 7125 * @ies: the input IE buffer 7126 * @len: the input length 7127 * @attr: the attribute ID to find 7128 * @buf: output buffer, can be %NULL if the data isn't needed, e.g. 7129 * if the function is only called to get the needed buffer size 7130 * @bufsize: size of the output buffer 7131 * 7132 * The function finds a given P2P attribute in the (vendor) IEs and 7133 * copies its contents to the given buffer. 7134 * 7135 * Return: A negative error code (-%EILSEQ or -%ENOENT) if the data is 7136 * malformed or the attribute can't be found (respectively), or the 7137 * length of the found attribute (which can be zero). 7138 */ 7139 int cfg80211_get_p2p_attr(const u8 *ies, unsigned int len, 7140 enum ieee80211_p2p_attr_id attr, 7141 u8 *buf, unsigned int bufsize); 7142 7143 /** 7144 * ieee80211_ie_split_ric - split an IE buffer according to ordering (with RIC) 7145 * @ies: the IE buffer 7146 * @ielen: the length of the IE buffer 7147 * @ids: an array with element IDs that are allowed before 7148 * the split. A WLAN_EID_EXTENSION value means that the next 7149 * EID in the list is a sub-element of the EXTENSION IE. 7150 * @n_ids: the size of the element ID array 7151 * @after_ric: array IE types that come after the RIC element 7152 * @n_after_ric: size of the @after_ric array 7153 * @offset: offset where to start splitting in the buffer 7154 * 7155 * This function splits an IE buffer by updating the @offset 7156 * variable to point to the location where the buffer should be 7157 * split. 7158 * 7159 * It assumes that the given IE buffer is well-formed, this 7160 * has to be guaranteed by the caller! 7161 * 7162 * It also assumes that the IEs in the buffer are ordered 7163 * correctly, if not the result of using this function will not 7164 * be ordered correctly either, i.e. it does no reordering. 7165 * 7166 * The function returns the offset where the next part of the 7167 * buffer starts, which may be @ielen if the entire (remainder) 7168 * of the buffer should be used. 7169 */ 7170 size_t ieee80211_ie_split_ric(const u8 *ies, size_t ielen, 7171 const u8 *ids, int n_ids, 7172 const u8 *after_ric, int n_after_ric, 7173 size_t offset); 7174 7175 /** 7176 * ieee80211_ie_split - split an IE buffer according to ordering 7177 * @ies: the IE buffer 7178 * @ielen: the length of the IE buffer 7179 * @ids: an array with element IDs that are allowed before 7180 * the split. A WLAN_EID_EXTENSION value means that the next 7181 * EID in the list is a sub-element of the EXTENSION IE. 7182 * @n_ids: the size of the element ID array 7183 * @offset: offset where to start splitting in the buffer 7184 * 7185 * This function splits an IE buffer by updating the @offset 7186 * variable to point to the location where the buffer should be 7187 * split. 7188 * 7189 * It assumes that the given IE buffer is well-formed, this 7190 * has to be guaranteed by the caller! 7191 * 7192 * It also assumes that the IEs in the buffer are ordered 7193 * correctly, if not the result of using this function will not 7194 * be ordered correctly either, i.e. it does no reordering. 7195 * 7196 * The function returns the offset where the next part of the 7197 * buffer starts, which may be @ielen if the entire (remainder) 7198 * of the buffer should be used. 7199 */ 7200 static inline size_t ieee80211_ie_split(const u8 *ies, size_t ielen, 7201 const u8 *ids, int n_ids, size_t offset) 7202 { 7203 return ieee80211_ie_split_ric(ies, ielen, ids, n_ids, NULL, 0, offset); 7204 } 7205 7206 /** 7207 * cfg80211_report_wowlan_wakeup - report wakeup from WoWLAN 7208 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the wakeup 7209 * @wakeup: the wakeup report 7210 * @gfp: allocation flags 7211 * 7212 * This function reports that the given device woke up. If it 7213 * caused the wakeup, report the reason(s), otherwise you may 7214 * pass %NULL as the @wakeup parameter to advertise that something 7215 * else caused the wakeup. 7216 */ 7217 void cfg80211_report_wowlan_wakeup(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 7218 struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup *wakeup, 7219 gfp_t gfp); 7220 7221 /** 7222 * cfg80211_crit_proto_stopped() - indicate critical protocol stopped by driver. 7223 * 7224 * @wdev: the wireless device for which critical protocol is stopped. 7225 * @gfp: allocation flags 7226 * 7227 * This function can be called by the driver to indicate it has reverted 7228 * operation back to normal. One reason could be that the duration given 7229 * by .crit_proto_start() has expired. 7230 */ 7231 void cfg80211_crit_proto_stopped(struct wireless_dev *wdev, gfp_t gfp); 7232 7233 /** 7234 * ieee80211_get_num_supported_channels - get number of channels device has 7235 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7236 * 7237 * Return: the number of channels supported by the device. 7238 */ 7239 unsigned int ieee80211_get_num_supported_channels(struct wiphy *wiphy); 7240 7241 /** 7242 * cfg80211_check_combinations - check interface combinations 7243 * 7244 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7245 * @params: the interface combinations parameter 7246 * 7247 * This function can be called by the driver to check whether a 7248 * combination of interfaces and their types are allowed according to 7249 * the interface combinations. 7250 */ 7251 int cfg80211_check_combinations(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7252 struct iface_combination_params *params); 7253 7254 /** 7255 * cfg80211_iter_combinations - iterate over matching combinations 7256 * 7257 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7258 * @params: the interface combinations parameter 7259 * @iter: function to call for each matching combination 7260 * @data: pointer to pass to iter function 7261 * 7262 * This function can be called by the driver to check what possible 7263 * combinations it fits in at a given moment, e.g. for channel switching 7264 * purposes. 7265 */ 7266 int cfg80211_iter_combinations(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7267 struct iface_combination_params *params, 7268 void (*iter)(const struct ieee80211_iface_combination *c, 7269 void *data), 7270 void *data); 7271 7272 /* 7273 * cfg80211_stop_iface - trigger interface disconnection 7274 * 7275 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7276 * @wdev: wireless device 7277 * @gfp: context flags 7278 * 7279 * Trigger interface to be stopped as if AP was stopped, IBSS/mesh left, STA 7280 * disconnected. 7281 * 7282 * Note: This doesn't need any locks and is asynchronous. 7283 */ 7284 void cfg80211_stop_iface(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 7285 gfp_t gfp); 7286 7287 /** 7288 * cfg80211_shutdown_all_interfaces - shut down all interfaces for a wiphy 7289 * @wiphy: the wiphy to shut down 7290 * 7291 * This function shuts down all interfaces belonging to this wiphy by 7292 * calling dev_close() (and treating non-netdev interfaces as needed). 7293 * It shouldn't really be used unless there are some fatal device errors 7294 * that really can't be recovered in any other way. 7295 * 7296 * Callers must hold the RTNL and be able to deal with callbacks into 7297 * the driver while the function is running. 7298 */ 7299 void cfg80211_shutdown_all_interfaces(struct wiphy *wiphy); 7300 7301 /** 7302 * wiphy_ext_feature_set - set the extended feature flag 7303 * 7304 * @wiphy: the wiphy to modify. 7305 * @ftidx: extended feature bit index. 7306 * 7307 * The extended features are flagged in multiple bytes (see 7308 * &struct wiphy.@ext_features) 7309 */ 7310 static inline void wiphy_ext_feature_set(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7311 enum nl80211_ext_feature_index ftidx) 7312 { 7313 u8 *ft_byte; 7314 7315 ft_byte = &wiphy->ext_features[ftidx / 8]; 7316 *ft_byte |= BIT(ftidx % 8); 7317 } 7318 7319 /** 7320 * wiphy_ext_feature_isset - check the extended feature flag 7321 * 7322 * @wiphy: the wiphy to modify. 7323 * @ftidx: extended feature bit index. 7324 * 7325 * The extended features are flagged in multiple bytes (see 7326 * &struct wiphy.@ext_features) 7327 */ 7328 static inline bool 7329 wiphy_ext_feature_isset(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7330 enum nl80211_ext_feature_index ftidx) 7331 { 7332 u8 ft_byte; 7333 7334 ft_byte = wiphy->ext_features[ftidx / 8]; 7335 return (ft_byte & BIT(ftidx % 8)) != 0; 7336 } 7337 7338 /** 7339 * cfg80211_free_nan_func - free NAN function 7340 * @f: NAN function that should be freed 7341 * 7342 * Frees all the NAN function and all it's allocated members. 7343 */ 7344 void cfg80211_free_nan_func(struct cfg80211_nan_func *f); 7345 7346 /** 7347 * struct cfg80211_nan_match_params - NAN match parameters 7348 * @type: the type of the function that triggered a match. If it is 7349 * %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE it means that we replied to a subscriber. 7350 * If it is %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH, it means that we got a discovery 7351 * result. 7352 * If it is %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP, we received a follow up. 7353 * @inst_id: the local instance id 7354 * @peer_inst_id: the instance id of the peer's function 7355 * @addr: the MAC address of the peer 7356 * @info_len: the length of the &info 7357 * @info: the Service Specific Info from the peer (if any) 7358 * @cookie: unique identifier of the corresponding function 7359 */ 7360 struct cfg80211_nan_match_params { 7361 enum nl80211_nan_function_type type; 7362 u8 inst_id; 7363 u8 peer_inst_id; 7364 const u8 *addr; 7365 u8 info_len; 7366 const u8 *info; 7367 u64 cookie; 7368 }; 7369 7370 /** 7371 * cfg80211_nan_match - report a match for a NAN function. 7372 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the match 7373 * @match: match notification parameters 7374 * @gfp: allocation flags 7375 * 7376 * This function reports that the a NAN function had a match. This 7377 * can be a subscribe that had a match or a solicited publish that 7378 * was sent. It can also be a follow up that was received. 7379 */ 7380 void cfg80211_nan_match(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 7381 struct cfg80211_nan_match_params *match, gfp_t gfp); 7382 7383 /** 7384 * cfg80211_nan_func_terminated - notify about NAN function termination. 7385 * 7386 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the match 7387 * @inst_id: the local instance id 7388 * @reason: termination reason (one of the NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_*) 7389 * @cookie: unique NAN function identifier 7390 * @gfp: allocation flags 7391 * 7392 * This function reports that the a NAN function is terminated. 7393 */ 7394 void cfg80211_nan_func_terminated(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 7395 u8 inst_id, 7396 enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason reason, 7397 u64 cookie, gfp_t gfp); 7398 7399 /* ethtool helper */ 7400 void cfg80211_get_drvinfo(struct net_device *dev, struct ethtool_drvinfo *info); 7401 7402 /** 7403 * cfg80211_external_auth_request - userspace request for authentication 7404 * @netdev: network device 7405 * @params: External authentication parameters 7406 * @gfp: allocation flags 7407 * Returns: 0 on success, < 0 on error 7408 */ 7409 int cfg80211_external_auth_request(struct net_device *netdev, 7410 struct cfg80211_external_auth_params *params, 7411 gfp_t gfp); 7412 7413 /** 7414 * cfg80211_pmsr_report - report peer measurement result data 7415 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the measurement 7416 * @req: the original measurement request 7417 * @result: the result data 7418 * @gfp: allocation flags 7419 */ 7420 void cfg80211_pmsr_report(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 7421 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *req, 7422 struct cfg80211_pmsr_result *result, 7423 gfp_t gfp); 7424 7425 /** 7426 * cfg80211_pmsr_complete - report peer measurement completed 7427 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the measurement 7428 * @req: the original measurement request 7429 * @gfp: allocation flags 7430 * 7431 * Report that the entire measurement completed, after this 7432 * the request pointer will no longer be valid. 7433 */ 7434 void cfg80211_pmsr_complete(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 7435 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *req, 7436 gfp_t gfp); 7437 7438 /** 7439 * cfg80211_iftype_allowed - check whether the interface can be allowed 7440 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7441 * @iftype: interface type 7442 * @is_4addr: use_4addr flag, must be '0' when check_swif is '1' 7443 * @check_swif: check iftype against software interfaces 7444 * 7445 * Check whether the interface is allowed to operate; additionally, this API 7446 * can be used to check iftype against the software interfaces when 7447 * check_swif is '1'. 7448 */ 7449 bool cfg80211_iftype_allowed(struct wiphy *wiphy, enum nl80211_iftype iftype, 7450 bool is_4addr, u8 check_swif); 7451 7452 7453 /* Logging, debugging and troubleshooting/diagnostic helpers. */ 7454 7455 /* wiphy_printk helpers, similar to dev_printk */ 7456 7457 #define wiphy_printk(level, wiphy, format, args...) \ 7458 dev_printk(level, &(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 7459 #define wiphy_emerg(wiphy, format, args...) \ 7460 dev_emerg(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 7461 #define wiphy_alert(wiphy, format, args...) \ 7462 dev_alert(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 7463 #define wiphy_crit(wiphy, format, args...) \ 7464 dev_crit(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 7465 #define wiphy_err(wiphy, format, args...) \ 7466 dev_err(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 7467 #define wiphy_warn(wiphy, format, args...) \ 7468 dev_warn(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 7469 #define wiphy_notice(wiphy, format, args...) \ 7470 dev_notice(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 7471 #define wiphy_info(wiphy, format, args...) \ 7472 dev_info(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 7473 7474 #define wiphy_err_ratelimited(wiphy, format, args...) \ 7475 dev_err_ratelimited(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 7476 #define wiphy_warn_ratelimited(wiphy, format, args...) \ 7477 dev_warn_ratelimited(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 7478 7479 #define wiphy_debug(wiphy, format, args...) \ 7480 wiphy_printk(KERN_DEBUG, wiphy, format, ##args) 7481 7482 #define wiphy_dbg(wiphy, format, args...) \ 7483 dev_dbg(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 7484 7485 #if defined(VERBOSE_DEBUG) 7486 #define wiphy_vdbg wiphy_dbg 7487 #else 7488 #define wiphy_vdbg(wiphy, format, args...) \ 7489 ({ \ 7490 if (0) \ 7491 wiphy_printk(KERN_DEBUG, wiphy, format, ##args); \ 7492 0; \ 7493 }) 7494 #endif 7495 7496 /* 7497 * wiphy_WARN() acts like wiphy_printk(), but with the key difference 7498 * of using a WARN/WARN_ON to get the message out, including the 7499 * file/line information and a backtrace. 7500 */ 7501 #define wiphy_WARN(wiphy, format, args...) \ 7502 WARN(1, "wiphy: %s\n" format, wiphy_name(wiphy), ##args); 7503 7504 /** 7505 * cfg80211_update_owe_info_event - Notify the peer's OWE info to user space 7506 * @netdev: network device 7507 * @owe_info: peer's owe info 7508 * @gfp: allocation flags 7509 */ 7510 void cfg80211_update_owe_info_event(struct net_device *netdev, 7511 struct cfg80211_update_owe_info *owe_info, 7512 gfp_t gfp); 7513 7514 #endif /* __NET_CFG80211_H */ 7515